lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
   7 ;;;;;;  5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
   8 ;;;;;;  "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
   9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
  10
  11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  12 Play 5x5.
  13
  14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  15 squares you must fill the grid.
  16
  17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  19 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  20 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  21 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  22 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  23 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  24 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  25 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  26 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  27 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  28 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  29 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  30 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  31 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  33 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  34
  35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  36
  37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  39
  40 \(fn)" t nil)
  41
  42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  44
  45 \(fn)" t nil)
  46
  47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  49
  50 \(fn)" t nil)
  51
  52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  54 Mutate the result.
  55
  56 \(fn)" t nil)
  57
  58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  60
  61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  65
  66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  67
  68 ;;;***
  69 \f
  70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
  71 ;;;;;;  (20874 62962 290468 0))
  72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  73
  74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  77 extensions.
  78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  79 the file name.
  80
  81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  82
  83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  85
  86 \(fn)" t nil)
  87
  88 ;;;***
  89 \f
  90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
  91 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
  92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  93
  94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  96
  97 \(fn)" t nil)
  98
  99 ;;;***
 100 \f
 101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
 102 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 104
 105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 107 Completion is available.
 108
 109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 110
 111 ;;;***
 112 \f
 113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
 114 ;;;;;;  add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
 115 ;;;;;;  prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
 116 ;;;;;;  add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
 117 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 119
 120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 121
 122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
 125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
 126 outside a function.")
 127
 128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 129
 130 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 132 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 133
 134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 135
 136 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 141 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 142
 143 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 144
 145 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 146 Prompt for a change log name.
 147
 148 \(fn)" nil nil)
 149
 150 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 151 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 152
 153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 157
 158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 159 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 161
 162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 163 current buffer to the complete file name.
 164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 165
 166 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 167
 168 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 172
 173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 175
 176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 177
 178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 179 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 181
 182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 184 after a comma on an existing line.
 185
 186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 188 the same person.
 189
 190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 191 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 192 notices.
 193
 194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 196
 197 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 198
 199 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 202 the change log file in another window.
 203
 204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 205
 206 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 212
 213 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 214
 215 \(fn)" t nil)
 216
 217 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 219
 220 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 222
 223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 228
 229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 230
 231 \(fn)" nil nil)
 232
 233 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 236 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 237 or a buffer.
 238
 239 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 241
 242 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 243
 244 ;;;***
 245 \f
 246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
 247 ;;;;;;  ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
 248 ;;;;;;  "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
 249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 250
 251 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 257 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 259 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 260 interpreted as `error'.")
 261
 262 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 263
 264 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 270 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 271 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 272
 273 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 274
 275 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 277
 278 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 279
 280 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 282
 283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 284
 285 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 287
 288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 293
 294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 296 the new one.
 297
 298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 300 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 303
 304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 305 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 307
 308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
 309
 310 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 311
 312 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 328
 329 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 330
 331 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 334
 335   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 336     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 337     BODY...)
 338
 339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 343     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 345     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 346     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
 348     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 351     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 353
 354 Semantics of the various flags:
 355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 356 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 358
 359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 361
 362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 363 advised function should be compiled.
 364
 365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 366 during activation until somebody enables it.
 367
 368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 369 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 372
 373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
 374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 375           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 376           BODY...)
 377
 378 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 379
 380 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 381
 382 ;;;***
 383 \f
 384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
 385 ;;;;;;  align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
 386 ;;;;;;  align) "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 388
 389 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 391 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 395 rule's `separate' attribute).
 396
 397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 399 `separate' attribute set.
 400
 401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 403 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 404 on the format of these lists.
 405
 406 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 407
 408 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  This function will prompt
 411 for the REGEXP to align with.  If no prefix arg was specified, you
 412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
 413 whitespace is replaced.  If a prefix arg was specified, the full
 414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
 415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
 416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
 417 the line.  See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
 418 options.
 419
 420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 422
 423     Fred (123) 456-7890
 424     Alice (123) 456-7890
 425     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 426     Joe (123) 456-7890
 427
 428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 429 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  All you would have to do is to mark the
 430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
 431
 432 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 433
 434 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 439 align that section.
 440
 441 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 442
 443 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 446 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 449 been used to align that section.
 450
 451 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 452
 453 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 456 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 459 to be colored.
 460
 461 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 462
 463 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 465
 466 \(fn)" t nil)
 467
 468 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 470
 471 \(fn)" t nil)
 472
 473 ;;;***
 474 \f
 475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
 476 ;;;;;;  allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
 477 ;;;;;;  (20892 39729 858825 0))
 478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 479
 480 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 482
 483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 484
 485 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 486
 487 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 489
 490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 492
 493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 494 `allout-auto-activation'.
 495
 496 \(fn)" nil nil)
 497
 498 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 500
 501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 503 file variable `allout-layout'.
 504
 505 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 507 specified layout is applied.
 508
 509 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 511
 512 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 513 Auto-layout is not.
 514
 515 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 516
 517 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 518
 519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 520
 521 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 522
 523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 524
 525 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 526
 527 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 528
 529 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 530
 531 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 532
 533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 534
 535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 536
 537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 538
 539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 540
 541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 542
 543 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 544
 545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 546
 547 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 548
 549 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 550
 551 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 553
 554 \(fn)" nil t)
 555
 556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 559 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 561
 562 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 566 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 569 outline.)
 570
 571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 572
 573  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 574    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 575  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 576  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 577  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 578  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 579  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 580  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 581
 582 and many other features.
 583
 584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 587 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 589
 590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 592 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 594 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 596 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 598 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 600
 601         Exposure Control:
 602         ----------------
 603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 607 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 608
 609         Navigation:
 610         ----------
 611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 619      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 620      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 621
 622
 623         Topic Header Production:
 624         -----------------------
 625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 626 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 628
 629         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 630         ---------------------------------
 631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 634             current topic
 635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 636             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 637             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 639            the offspring are not affected.
 640            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 641
 642         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 643         ----------------------------------
 644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 646 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 649                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 650                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 651 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 652
 653         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 654         -------------------------
 655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 656           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 657
 658         Misc commands:
 659         -------------
 660 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 661                             and establish a default file-var setting
 662                             for `allout-layout'.
 663 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 665                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 666                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 667                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 669                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 670                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 671                             format.
 672 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 673                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 674                             auto-activation.
 675
 676                   Topic Encryption
 677
 678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 680 pending encryption on save.
 681
 682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 687
 688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 691 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 692 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 694 signal.
 695
 696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 698 for details.
 699
 700                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 701
 702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 703 navigation and exposure control.
 704
 705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 707 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 708 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 709 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 710
 711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 713 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 716
 717 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 721 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 723 at the beginning of the current entry.
 724
 725                              Extending Allout
 726
 727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 729 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 730
 731 `allout-mode-hook'
 732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 740
 741                             Terminology
 742
 743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 744
 745 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 746 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 747         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 748 CURRENT ITEM:
 749         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 750 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 751         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 752         called the:
 753 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 754
 755 ANCESTORS:
 756         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 758         of the ITEM.
 759 OFFSPRING:
 760         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 761 SUBTOPIC:
 762         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 763 CHILD:
 764         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 765 SIBLINGS:
 766         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 767
 768 Topic text constituents:
 769
 770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 771         text.
 772 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 773         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 774 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 776         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 777         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 778         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 779         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 780         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 781         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 782         the PREFIX.
 783
 784         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 785         of the ITEM.
 786 PREFIX-LEAD:
 787         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 788         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 789         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 790
 791         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 792         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 793         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 794         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 795         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 796         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 797         docstring for more detail.
 798 PREFIX-PADDING:
 799         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 800         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 802         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 803         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 804         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 805         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 806         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 807         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 808         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 809         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 810         more details.
 811 EXPOSURE:
 812         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 813         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 814 CONCEALED:
 815         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 816         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 817
 818         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 820 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 821
 822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 823
 824 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 825
 826 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 828
 829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 831
 832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 833
 834 ;;;***
 835 \f
 836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
 837 ;;;;;;  allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
 838 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 840
 841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
 842
 843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 845
 846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 847
 848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 849
 850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 852
 853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 854 visiting an outline.
 855
 856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 858
 859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 861 you want allout widgets operation.
 862
 863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 864
 865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 866
 867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 868
 869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 872 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 874
 875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 876 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 878
 879 The graphics include:
 880
 881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 882
 883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 884   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 885
 886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 887   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 888
 889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 892
 893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 894
 895 ;;;***
 896 \f
 897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
 898 ;;;;;;  "net/ange-ftp.el" (20843 54187 671468 0))
 899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 900
 901 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 902
 903 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 906 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 907 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 909
 910 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 911
 912 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 913
 914
 915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 916
 917 ;;;***
 918 \f
 919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
 920 ;;;;;;  "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 922
 923 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 929 in the current window.
 930
 931 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 932
 933 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 936  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 938 buffer if one does not exist.
 939
 940 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 941
 942 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 947
 948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 949
 950 ;;;***
 951 \f
 952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
 953 ;;;;;;  "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 955
 956 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 958
 959 \(fn)" t nil)
 960
 961 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 963
 964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 968
 969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 971
 972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 973
 974 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 975
 976 ;;;***
 977 \f
 978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
 979 ;;;;;;  "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
 980 ;;;;;;  0))
 981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 982
 983 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
 985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
 986 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
 987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
 988 \\[yank].
 989
 990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
 991 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
 992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
 993 the rules.
 994
 995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
 996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
 997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
 998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
 999
1000 \(fn)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1010
1011 \(fn)" nil nil)
1012
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1018
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1025
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1032
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;;  apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;;  apropos-user-option apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el"
1040 ;;;;;;  (20716 56 356960 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20759
1156 ;;;;;;  33211 414988 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104
1177 ;;;;;;  0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1201      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1202      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1204      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205                        row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1215     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1216     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1217     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1218
1219     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1222     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1227     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230                   between that of point and mark.
1231
1232         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1233         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1236         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1237         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238                   newlines inside rows)
1239
1240         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891
1249 ;;;;;;  18859 893295 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270  mouse-2
1271  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273                 below).
1274
1275  mouse-1
1276  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277                 or pastes:
1278
1279                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1280                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1282                                                           to new point
1283                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1285                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1287                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1289                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1291                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1293                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1295                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1297                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1299                                                           lines
1300                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1302                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1304                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1306                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1308                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311                   or diagonally.
1312
1313                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1314                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1315                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317                   poly-lines.
1318
1319                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321                   overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1325                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1331
1332                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334                   are currently drawing something.
1335
1336                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337                   some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1341  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1363                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367                 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1370
1371  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1374  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1375  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1376  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1377  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384                 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387                 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1395  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1396  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1398  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1401  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1402  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1406  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1407  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1408  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1409  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1411  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1412  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1413  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1419  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1423  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1424  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1427  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1428  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1430  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1434  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1438  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1439  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709
1455 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1483 ;;;;;;  (20755 36154 171386 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1496 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1498
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1502
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1504
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1510
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1519
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1526
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1537
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1539
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1545
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1549
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1551
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1553
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1557 ;;;;;;  (20874 62962 290468 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1559
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1562
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1564
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1568 ;;;;;;  "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1570
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1574
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1581
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1583
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1590
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1592
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1598
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1601
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1603
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1607 ;;;;;;  update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1608 ;;;;;;  (20879 27694 495748 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1658 ;;;;;;  auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1659 ;;;;;;  "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1671
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1701
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1742
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1748 ;;;;;;  "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773      a random distance & direction.
1774  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1779
1780 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1782 definition of \"random distance\".)
1783
1784 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1785
1786 ;;;***
1787 \f
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1789 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1791  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1792
1793 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1794 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1795 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1796 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1797
1798 \(fn)" t nil)
1799
1800 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1801 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1802 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1805 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1806
1807 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1808
1809 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1810 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1812 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814
1815 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1816 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1818 seconds.
1819
1820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1821
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1825 ;;;;;;  "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
1826 ;;;;;;  0))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1828
1829 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1833 FORMS once.
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1837
1838 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1839
1840 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1841
1842 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1843 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1844 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1845 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1846 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1847
1848 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1849
1850 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1851
1852 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857
1858 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1859
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;;  "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20842 33318 816618 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1865
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1872 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875
1876 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1877 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1878 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1879
1880 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1883 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1884
1885 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1886
1887 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1888 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1889 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1890 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1891
1892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1893 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1894 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1895 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1896 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1897
1898 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1899 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1900
1901
1902 Special information:
1903
1904 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1905
1906 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1907 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1908 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1909 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1910 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1911 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1912 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1913 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1914 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1915 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1916 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1917
1918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1919 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1920 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1921 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1922 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1923 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1924 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1925 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1926
1927 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1928
1929 ----------------------------------------------------------
1930 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1931 if that value is non-nil.
1932
1933 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1934
1935 \(fn)" t nil)
1936
1937 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1938 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1939 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1940 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1941 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1942 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1943 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1944 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1945 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1946 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1947 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1948 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1949
1950 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1951
1952 ;;;***
1953 \f
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1955 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1956 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1957
1958 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1959 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1960
1961 \(fn)" t nil)
1962
1963 ;;;***
1964 \f
1965 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1966 ;;;;;;  binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1967 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1969
1970 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1971 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1972
1973 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1974 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1975 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1976
1977 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1978
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1981
1982 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1983
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1986
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1988
1989 ;;;***
1990 \f
1991 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709
1992 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
1993 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1994
1995 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1996 Play blackbox.
1997 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1998
1999 What is blackbox?
2000
2001 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2002 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2003 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2004 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2005 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2006 your score.
2007
2008 Overview of play:
2009
2010 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2011 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2012 four.
2013
2014 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2015 movement keys.
2016
2017 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2018 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2019
2020 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2021 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2022
2023 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2024 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2025 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2026 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2027 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2028 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2029
2030 Details:
2031
2032 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2033
2034         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2035                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2036                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2037                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2038
2039         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2040                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2041                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2042
2043         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2044                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2045                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2046
2047 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2048 example.
2049
2050 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2051 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2052 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2053 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2054 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2055 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2056 ray.
2057
2058 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2059 degree deflection it causes.
2060
2061     1
2062   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2063   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2064 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2065   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2066   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2067   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2068   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2069   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2070                                 2                         3
2071
2072 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2073 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2074
2075
2076   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2077   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2078 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2079   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2080   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2081   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2082   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2083   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2084
2085 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2086 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2087 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2088 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2089 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2090 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2091 emerging from the box.
2092
2093 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2094
2095   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2096   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2097   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2098   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2099   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2100 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2101   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2102   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2103
2104 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2105 a reflection.
2106
2107 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2108
2109 ;;;***
2110 \f
2111 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2112 ;;;;;;  bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2113 ;;;;;;  bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2114 ;;;;;;  bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2115 ;;;;;;  "bookmark.el" (20874 65006 176325 548000))
2116 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2117  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2118  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2119  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2120
2121 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2122 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2123 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2124 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2125 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2126 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2127  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2128
2129 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2130 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2131 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2132
2133 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2134 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2135 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2136 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2137 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2138 recent one.
2139
2140 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2141 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2142 yank successive words.
2143
2144 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2145 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2146 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2147 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2148 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2149
2150 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2151 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2152 the list of bookmarks.)
2153
2154 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2155
2156 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2157 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2158 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2159 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2160 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2161 this.
2162
2163 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2164 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2165 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2166 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2167
2168 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2169 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2170
2171 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2172 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2173 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2174
2175 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2176
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2178 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2179
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2183 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2184
2185 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2186 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2187 after a bookmark was set in it.
2188
2189 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2192 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2193
2194 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2195 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2196
2197 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2198
2199 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2200
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2202 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2203 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2204 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2205
2206 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2207 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2208 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2209
2210 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2211 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2212 name.
2213
2214 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2215
2216 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2217 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2218 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2219
2220 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2221 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2222 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2223 this.
2224
2225 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2228 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2229
2230 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2231 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2232 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2233 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2234 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2235 probably because we were called from there.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2240 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2241 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2242
2243 \(fn)" t nil)
2244
2245 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2246 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2247 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2248 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2249 \(second argument).
2250
2251 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2252 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2253 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2254 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2255 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2256
2257 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2258 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2259 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'.
2261
2262 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2265 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2266 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2267 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2268 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2269 while loading.
2270
2271 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2272 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2273 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2274 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2275 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2276 explicitly.
2277
2278 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2279 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2280 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2281 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2282
2283 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2284
2285 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2286 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2287 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2288 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2289 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2290
2291 \(fn)" t nil)
2292
2293 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2294
2295 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2298 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2299
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2301
2302 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2303
2304 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2305
2306 ;;;***
2307 \f
2308 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2309 ;;;;;;  browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2310 ;;;;;;  browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2311 ;;;;;;  browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2312 ;;;;;;  browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2313 ;;;;;;  browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2314 ;;;;;;  browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2315 ;;;;;;  browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2316 ;;;;;;  "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20874 62962 290468 0))
2317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2318
2319 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2320 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2321 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2322 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2323
2324 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2325 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2326 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2327 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2328 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2329
2330 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2331
2332 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2333 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2334 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2335 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2336 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2337 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2338
2339 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2343 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2344 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 narrowed.
2346
2347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2350 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2351
2352 \(fn)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2356
2357 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2361 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2362 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2363 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2364 first, if that exists.
2365
2366 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2367
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2370 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2371 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2372
2373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2377 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2378 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2379 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2380 to use.
2381
2382 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2383
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2385 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2386 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2387 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2388
2389 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2394 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2395
2396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2397 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2398 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2399 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400
2401 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2402 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2403 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2404
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2413 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2414
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419
2420 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2421 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2422 new tab in an existing window instead.
2423
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2432 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2433 Firefox.
2434
2435 When called interactively, if variable
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2437 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2438 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440
2441 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2442 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2443 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2444
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2446 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2449 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2450 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2451 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2452 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2453 URL in a new window.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2491 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2492 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2493
2494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2495 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2496 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2497 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2506
2507 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2508 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2509 program is invoked according to the variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2511
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2514 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2515 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point.
2525
2526 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2527 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2528 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2529
2530 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2531 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2532 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2533 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534
2535 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2536 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2539
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point.
2543
2544 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2545 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2546 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547
2548 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2549 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2555 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2556 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2557
2558 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2561 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2562 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2563 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2564 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2565 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2566
2567 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568
2569 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2570 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2571 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2572 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2573 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2574
2575 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2576 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2577 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2578 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579
2580 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2581 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582
2583 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2584
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2586 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2587 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2588 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2589 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2590 current one.
2591
2592 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2593 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2594 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2595 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596
2597 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2598 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599
2600 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2601
2602 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2603 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2604 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2605 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2606 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2607 don't offer a form of remote control.
2608
2609 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2610
2611 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2612 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2613 Default to the URL around or before point.
2614
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around the point.
2620
2621 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2622 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2623
2624 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2625 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2626
2627 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2628
2629 ;;;***
2630 \f
2631 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2632 ;;;;;;  "bs" "bs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2633 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2634
2635 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2636 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2637 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2638 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2639
2640 \(fn)" t nil)
2641
2642 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2643 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2644 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2645 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2646
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2648
2649 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2650 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2655 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2656 \\<bs-mode-map>
2657 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2658 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2659 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2660 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2661
2662 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2663 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2664 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2665 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2666 name of buffer configuration.
2667
2668 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2669
2670 ;;;***
2671 \f
2672 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20791 9657
2673 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2675
2676 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2677 Play Bubbles game.
2678 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2679 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2680 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2681 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2682 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2683 columns on its right towards the left.
2684
2685 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2686 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2689
2690 \(fn)" t nil)
2691
2692 ;;;***
2693 \f
2694 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2695 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2697
2698 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2699
2700 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2701 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2703 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2704 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2705
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2707
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 ;;;***
2714 \f
2715 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2716 ;;;;;;  batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2717 ;;;;;;  compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2718 ;;;;;;  byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2719 ;;;;;;  "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2733
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2742
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2761 before scanning it.
2762
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2797
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2801
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2805
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2823
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2840 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 ;;;***
2848 \f
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2850 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2862 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2869
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871
2872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2877 ;;;;;;  calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2878 ;;;;;;  full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20863
2879 ;;;;;;  39461 835648 0))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2881  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2882
2883 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2889 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2890
2891 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2895
2896 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2900
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2905 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2906 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2907
2908 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2912 This is most useful in the X window system.
2913 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2914 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2915
2916 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2919 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2920 See calc-keypad for details.
2921
2922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2925 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2930 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2935 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2936
2937 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2940 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2941 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2942
2943 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2944
2945 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2946 Define Calc function.
2947
2948 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2949 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2950 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2951
2952 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2953 actual Lisp function name.
2954
2955 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2956
2957 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2958
2959 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2960
2961 ;;;***
2962 \f
2963 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709
2964 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2966
2967 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2968
2969
2970 \(fn N)" t nil)
2971
2972 ;;;***
2973 \f
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20891
2975 ;;;;;;  18859 893295 0))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2977
2978 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2979 Run the Emacs calculator.
2980 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2981
2982 \(fn)" t nil)
2983
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20762
2987 ;;;;;;  9398 526093 0))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2989
2990 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2991 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2992 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2993 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2994 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
2995 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2996
2997 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2998 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2999 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
3000 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3001 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3002 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
3003 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
3004 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3005 window.
3006
3007 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3008 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3009
3010 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3011 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3012 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3013 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3014 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3015 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3016
3017 Runs the following hooks:
3018
3019 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3020 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3021    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3022 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3023
3024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3025
3026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3027
3028 ;;;***
3029 \f
3030 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3031 ;;;;;;  "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3033
3034 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3035 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3036
3037 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3038
3039 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3040 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3041 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3042 it fails.
3043
3044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3045
3046 ;;;***
3047 \f
3048 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3049 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3051
3052 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3053 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3055 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
3056 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3057
3058 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When
3059 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3060 letter in a symbol.  This is in addition to all the normal
3061 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables.  There is no
3062 restriction to ASCII.
3063
3064 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3065
3066   capitalizedWorDD
3067   ^          ^  ^^
3068
3069 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3070 marking commands such as \\[forward-word].  This mode does not affect word
3071 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3072
3073 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3074 where underscores aren't trendy enough.  Capitalization rules are
3075 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3076 such a style.  It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3077 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3078 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'.  It's unlikely to cause
3079 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3080
3081 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3082 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3083
3084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3085
3086 ;;;***
3087 \f
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3089 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3091 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3092
3093 ;;;***
3094 \f
3095 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3096 ;;;;;;  (20864 28934 62335 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3100 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3101
3102 \(fn)" nil nil)
3103
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3107 ;;;;;;  c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3108 ;;;;;;  c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3109 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3111
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3114
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3117
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3120
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3122
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3126
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3131
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3135
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3140
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3151
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3155
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3160
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3171
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3174
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177   `c-offsets-alist'.
3178
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3181
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3184
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3188
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3191
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3198
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3202
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3204
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3208 ;;;;;;  c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3209 ;;;;;;  (20903 56820 471502 429000))
3210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3211
3212 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3213 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3214 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3215 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3216 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3217 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3218 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3219
3220 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3221
3222 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3223 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3224  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3225  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3226  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3227  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3228  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3229  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3230  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3231  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3232
3233 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3237 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3238 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3239
3240 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3241
3242 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3243 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3244
3245 Key bindings:
3246 \\{c-mode-map}
3247
3248 \(fn)" t nil)
3249
3250 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3251 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3252
3253 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3256 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{c++-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270
3271 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3272 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3273  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3274
3275 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3276 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3277 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3278 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3279 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3280 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3281 message.
3282
3283 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3284
3285 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3286 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3287
3288 Key bindings:
3289 \\{objc-mode-map}
3290
3291 \(fn)" t nil)
3292
3293 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3294 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3295  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3296
3297 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing Java code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3300 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3304
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3306
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3309
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{java-mode-map}
3312
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314
3315 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3316 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3317  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3318
3319 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3320 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3321 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3322 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3323 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3324 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3325 message.
3326
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3328
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3331
3332 Key bindings:
3333 \\{idl-mode-map}
3334
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3336
3337 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3338 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3339  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3340  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3341
3342 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3343 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3344 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3345 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3346 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3347 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3348 message.
3349
3350 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3351
3352 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3353 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3354
3355 Key bindings:
3356 \\{pike-mode-map}
3357
3358 \(fn)" t nil)
3359  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3360  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3361  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3362  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3363  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3364  (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3365
3366 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3367 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3368 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3369 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3370 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3371 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3372
3373 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3374
3375 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3376 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3377
3378 Key bindings:
3379 \\{awk-mode-map}
3380
3381 \(fn)" t nil)
3382
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3386 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3388
3389 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3390 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3391 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3392 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3393
3394 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3395
3396 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3397 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3398 might get set too.
3399
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3401 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3402 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3403 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3404 in this way.
3405
3406 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3407 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3408 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3409 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3410 a null operation.
3411
3412 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3413
3414 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3415 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3416 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3417 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3418
3419   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3420
3421 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3422 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3423 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3424
3425 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3426
3427 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3428 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3429 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3430 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3431 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3432
3433 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3434
3435 ;;;***
3436 \f
3437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20904 30886
3438 ;;;;;;  391458 0))
3439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3440 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3441 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3443
3444 ;;;***
3445 \f
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3447 ;;;;;;  declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3448 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 412929 442000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3450
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3453
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3455
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3458
3459 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3460
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3463
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3469
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3471
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3473
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3476
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3481
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3488
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3493
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3497
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3501
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3503
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3507
3508 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511         | integer
3512
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3514
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3518
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3522
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3524 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3525
3526 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3527 BREAK := (break)
3528
3529 REPEAT :=
3530         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3531         (repeat)
3532         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3533         ;;           (repeat))
3534         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3535         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3536         ;;           (read REG)
3537         ;;           (repeat))
3538         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3539         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3540         ;;           (read REG)
3541         ;;           (repeat))
3542         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3543
3544 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3545         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3546         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3547         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3549         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3550         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3551         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3552         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3553         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3554         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3555         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3556         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3557         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3558         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3559         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3560
3561 WRITE :=
3562         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3563         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3564         ;; representation.
3565         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3566         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3567         ;;           (write r7))
3568         | (write EXPRESSION)
3569         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3570         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3571         ;; representation.
3572         | (write integer)
3573         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3574         ;; buffer.
3575         | (write string)
3576         ;; Same as: (write string)
3577         | string
3578         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3579         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3580         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581         ;; representation.
3582         | (write REG ARRAY)
3583         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3584         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3585         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3586         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3587         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3588         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3589
3590 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3591 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3592
3593 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3594 END := (end)
3595
3596 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3597 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3598 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3599
3600 ARG := REG | integer
3601
3602 OPERATOR :=
3603         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3604         + | - | * | / | %
3605
3606         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3607         | & | `|' | ^
3608
3609         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3610         | << | >>
3611
3612         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3613         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3614         | <8
3615
3616         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3617         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3618         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3619         | >8
3620
3621         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3622         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3623         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3624         | //
3625
3626         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3627         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3628
3629         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3630         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3631         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3632         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3633         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3634         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3635         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3636         | de-sjis
3637
3638         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3639         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3640         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3641         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3643         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3644         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3645         ;; byte of SJIS.
3646         | en-sjis
3647
3648 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3649         ;; Same meaning as C code
3650         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3651
3652         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3653         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3654         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3655         | <8=
3656
3657         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3658         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3659         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3660
3661         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3662         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3663         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3664         | //=
3665
3666 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3667
3668
3669 TRANSLATE :=
3670         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3671         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3673 LOOKUP :=
3674         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3675         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3676         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3677 MAP :=
3678      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3679      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3680      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3681 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3682 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3683 MAP-ID := integer
3684
3685 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3686
3687 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3688
3689 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3690 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3691 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3692 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3693 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3694 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3695
3696 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3697
3698 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3699 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3700 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3701
3702 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3703
3704 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3705
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3709 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3711
3712 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3713 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3714 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3715 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3716
3717 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3718
3719 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3720
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3724 ;;;;;;  "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3726
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730
3731 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3732 to the action header.
3733
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3735
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3742
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3747 on the buffer contents
3748
3749 \(fn)" nil nil)
3750
3751 ;;;***
3752 \f
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3754 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3756
3757 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3758 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3759 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3760
3761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3764 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3765 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3766
3767 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3768
3769 ;;;***
3770 \f
3771 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3772 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3773 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3774 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3775 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3776 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3777 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3778 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 ;;;;;;  "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
3780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3781 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3786
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3788
3789
3790 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3794 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3795 the users will view as each check is completed.
3796
3797 \(fn)" t nil)
3798
3799 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3800 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3801 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3802 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3803 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3804 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3805 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3806 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3807
3808 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3809
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3811 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3812 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3813 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3814 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3815 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3816 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3817 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3818
3819 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3822 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3823 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3824 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3825 spacing are all verified.
3826
3827 \(fn)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3831 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3832 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3833 otherwise stop after the first error.
3834
3835 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3836
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3838 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3839 Only documentation strings are checked.
3840 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3842 a separate buffer.
3843
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3845
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3849 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3850 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3851
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3857 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3858 if there is one.
3859
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3866 if there is one.
3867 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3868
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3870
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3872 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3873 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3874
3875 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3876
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3878 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3879 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3880 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3881 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3882
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3887 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3888 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3889 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3890 space at the end of each line.
3891
3892 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3896 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3898
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3905
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3912
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3919
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3926
3927 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3928
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3933
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3940
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3942
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3947
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3951 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3952 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3953 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3954
3955 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3956
3957 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3958 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3960 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3962
3963 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3964 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3965 checking of documentation strings.
3966
3967 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3968
3969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3970
3971 ;;;***
3972 \f
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3974 ;;;;;;  encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3975 ;;;;;;  "language/china-util.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
3976 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3977
3978 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3979 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3980 Return the length of resulting text.
3981
3982 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3985 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3986
3987 \(fn)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3990 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3991 Return the length of resulting text.
3992
3993 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3994
3995 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3996 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3997
3998 \(fn)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4001
4002
4003 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4006
4007
4008 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4009
4010 ;;;***
4011 \f
4012 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4013 ;;;;;;  "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4015
4016 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4017 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4018 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4019 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4020 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4021 editing and the result is evaluated.
4022
4023 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4026 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4027 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4028 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4029 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4030
4031 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4032
4033 \(fn)" t nil)
4034
4035 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4036 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4038 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4039 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4040
4041 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4042 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4043 \\{command-history-map}
4044
4045 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4046 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4047
4048 \(fn)" t nil)
4049
4050 ;;;***
4051 \f
4052 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4053 ;;;;;;  (20879 27694 495748 0))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4055
4056 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4057 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4058 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4059 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4060 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4061 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4062 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4063 of this function.
4064
4065 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4066 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4067 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4068 property are:
4069
4070 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4071   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4072
4073 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4074   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4075   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4076   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4077   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4078   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4079   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4080   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4081   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4082   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4083   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4084   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4085
4086 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4087   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4088   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4089
4090 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4091   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4092   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4093   list elements are:
4094
4095   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4096
4097   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4098
4099   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4100
4101   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4102     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4103
4104   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4105     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4106
4107   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4108     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4109     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4110     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4111     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4112     value specified by their associated list element.
4113
4114   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4115
4116   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4117     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4118     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4119
4120 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4121 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4122   * indent the first argument by 4.
4123   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4124     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4125     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4126
4127 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4128
4129 ;;;***
4130 \f
4131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20772 12071
4132 ;;;;;;  425443 833000))
4133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4134
4135 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4136
4137 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4138 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4139 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4140 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4141 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4142 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4143
4144 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4145 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4146
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4148
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4154
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4160 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4162
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4167
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4172
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4175
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20774
4181 ;;;;;;  53405 584723 417000))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4183
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4198
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20721 17977
4202 ;;;;;;  14204 0))
4203 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4204
4205 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4206 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4207 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4208 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4209
4210 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4211 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4212
4213 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4214 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4215 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4216
4217 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4218
4219 ;;;***
4220 \f
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4222 ;;;;;;  comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4223 ;;;;;;  comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4224 ;;;;;;  (20896 36774 886399 0))
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4226
4227 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4228 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4229 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4230 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4231 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4232 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4233 functions have already modified the buffer.
4234
4235 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4236
4237 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4238 either globally or locally.")
4239
4240 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4241 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4242 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4243 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4244
4245 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4246 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4247   `start-file-process'
4248 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4249   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4250 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4251
4252 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4253 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4254
4255 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4256
4257 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4258
4259 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4260
4261 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4262 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4263 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4264 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4265 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4266 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4267 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4268 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4269 process as its initial input.
4270
4271 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4272
4273 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4274
4275 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4276
4277 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4278 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4279 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4280 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4281 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4282 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4283
4284 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4285
4286 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4287 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4288 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4289 directory tracking functions.")
4290
4291 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4292 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4293 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4294
4295 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4296
4297 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4298
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4301 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4302
4303 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4304
4305 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4306
4307 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4308 Send COMMAND to current process.
4309 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4310 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4311
4312 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4313
4314 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4315 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4316 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4317 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4318
4319 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4320
4321 ;;;***
4322 \f
4323 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4324 ;;;;;;  (20871 33574 214287 0))
4325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4326
4327 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4328 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4329 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4330 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4331
4332 This command pushes the mark in each window
4333 at the prior location of point in that window.
4334 If both windows display the same buffer,
4335 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4336 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4337
4338 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4339 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4340 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4341 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4342 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4343 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4344 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4345 ignored.
4346
4347 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4348 this command work in interlaced mode:
4349 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4350 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4351 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4352
4353 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4354
4355 ;;;***
4356 \f
4357 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4358 ;;;;;;  compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4359 ;;;;;;  compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4360 ;;;;;;  compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4361 ;;;;;;  compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20856
4362 ;;;;;;  32301 830403 0))
4363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4364
4365 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4366 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4367
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4371 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4372 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4373
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4375
4376 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4377 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4378 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4379
4380 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4381
4382 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4383 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4384 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4385 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4386 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4387
4388 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4389 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4390 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4391 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4392 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4393
4394 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4395 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4396 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4397 describing how the process finished.")
4398
4399 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4400 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4401 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4402 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4403 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4404
4405 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4406 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4407 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4408
4409 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4410
4411 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4412 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4413 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4414 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4415
4416 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4417
4418 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4419 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4420
4421 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4422 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4423
4424     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4425        (lambda ()
4426          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4427                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4428            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4429                 (concat \"make -k \"
4430                         (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4431
4432 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4433 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4434
4435 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4436 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4437 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4438 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4441
4442 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4443 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4444 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4445 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4446
4447 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4448 and move to the source code that caused it.
4449
4450 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4451 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4452
4453 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4454 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4455 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4456 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4457 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4458
4459 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4460 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4461 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4462 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4463
4464 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4465 kills its subprocesses.
4466
4467 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4468 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4469 to a function that generates a unique name.
4470
4471 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4472
4473 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4474 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4475 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4476 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4477
4478 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4479 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4480
4481 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4482 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4483 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4484 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4485
4486 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4487 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4488 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4489
4490 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4491
4492 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4493
4494 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4495 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4496 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4497 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4498 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4499
4500 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4501
4502 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4503
4504 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4505
4506 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4507
4508 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4509 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4511 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4512 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4513
4514 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4515 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4516 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4517 See `compilation-mode'.
4518
4519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4520
4521 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4522 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4524 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4525 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4526
4527 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4528 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4529 `compilation-mode'.
4530
4531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4532
4533 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4534 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4535 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4536
4537 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4538
4539 ;;;***
4540 \f
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4542 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 412929 442000))
4543 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4544
4545 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4546 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4547 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4550 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4551
4552 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4555 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4557 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559
4560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4561
4562 ;;;***
4563 \f
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4565 ;;;;;;  conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4566 ;;;;;;  conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4567 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
4568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4569
4570 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4571 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4572 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4573 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4574 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4575 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4576 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4577
4578 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4579 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4580 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4581
4582 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4583 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4584 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4585
4586 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4587 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4588 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4589 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4590
4591 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4592 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4593 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4594 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4595 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4596 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4597 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4598
4599 \\{conf-mode-map}
4600
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4604 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4605 Comments start with `#'.
4606 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4607
4608 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4609
4610 \[Desktop Entry]
4611          Encoding=UTF-8
4612          Name=The GIMP
4613          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4614          Name[cs]=GIMP
4615
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4617
4618 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4620 Comments start with `;'.
4621 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4622
4623 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4624
4625 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4626 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4627 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4628
4629 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4630 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4631
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4636 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4637 between `/*' and `*/'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4639
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4641 // another kind of comment
4642 /* yet another */
4643
4644 name:value
4645 name=value
4646 name value
4647 x.1 =
4648 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4649 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4650
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4652
4653 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4654 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4655 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4656 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4657 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4658 `conf-space-keywords'.
4659 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4660 in an interactive fashion instead.
4661
4662 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4663
4664 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4665
4666 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4667 image/png                       png
4668 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4669
4670 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4671 class desktop
4672 # Standard multimedia devices
4673 add /dev/audio          desktop
4674 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4675
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4677
4678 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4679 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4680 See `conf-space-mode'.
4681
4682 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4686 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4688
4689 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4690
4691 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4692 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4693
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4697 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4698 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4699 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4700
4701 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4702
4703 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4704 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4705
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4710 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4711 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4712
4713 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4714
4715 *background:                    gray99
4716 *foreground:                    black
4717
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4719
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4723 ;;;;;;  "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4725
4726 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4727 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4728 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4729 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4730
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4734 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739
4740 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4741 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4742 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4743 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4744
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746
4747 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4748 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4749
4750 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4751
4752 ;;;***
4753 \f
4754 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4755 ;;;;;;  copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4756 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4758 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4759 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4760 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4761
4762 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4763 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4764 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4765 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4766 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4767 following the copyright are updated as well.
4768 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4769 interactively.
4770
4771 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4772
4773 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4774 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4775 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4776 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4777 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4778
4779 \(fn)" t nil)
4780
4781 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4782 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4783
4784 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4785
4786 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4787 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4788 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4789
4790 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4791
4792 ;;;***
4793 \f
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4795 ;;;;;;  "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20901 54695 989166
4796 ;;;;;;  0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4798 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4799 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4800 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4801 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4802 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4804 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4805
4806 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4807 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4808 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4809 Tab indents for Perl code.
4810 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4811 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4812
4813 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4814 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4815 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4816 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4817 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4818 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4819 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4820 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4821 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4822 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4823 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4824 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4825
4826 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4827
4828    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4829    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4830
4831 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4832
4833 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4834 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4835 she is most likely to want to be.  E.g., when the user types a space
4836 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4837 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4838 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4839 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4840 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4841 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4842
4843 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4844
4845             bite if angry;
4846
4847 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4848 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4849 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4850 to nil.)
4851
4852 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4853 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4854 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4855
4856             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4857
4858 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4859 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4860 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4861 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4862 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4863
4864 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4865
4866             if (A) { B }
4867
4868 into
4869
4870             B if A;
4871
4872 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4873
4874 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4875 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4876 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4877 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4878 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4879 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4880 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4881 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4882 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4883 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4884 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4885 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4886 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4887
4888 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4889 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4890 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4891 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4892 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4893 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4894
4895 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4896 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4897 man via menu.
4898
4899 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4900 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4901 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4902 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4903 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4904
4905 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4906 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4907 span the needed amount of lines.
4908
4909 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4910 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4911 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4912 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4913
4914 Variables controlling indentation style:
4915  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4916     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4917     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4918  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4919     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4920  `cperl-auto-newline'
4921     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4922     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4923     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4924     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4925     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4926  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4927     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4928     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4929  `cperl-indent-level'
4930     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4931     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4932     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4933  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4934     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4935     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4936  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4937     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4938     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4939  `cperl-brace-offset'
4940     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4941  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4942     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4943     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4944  `cperl-label-offset'
4945     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4946  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4947     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4948
4949 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4950   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4951   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4952   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4953   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4954   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4955
4956 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4957 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4958 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4959 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4960
4961 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4962 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4963 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4964 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4965 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4966 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4967 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4968
4969 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4970 column 0 is indented on
4971 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4972
4973 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4974 with no args.
4975
4976 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4977 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4978 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4979
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4981
4982 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4983 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4984
4985 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4986
4987 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4988 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4989
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4991
4992 ;;;***
4993 \f
4994 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4995 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 672942 217000))
4996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4997
4998 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4999 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5000 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5001 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5002 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5003
5004 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5005
5006 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5007 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5008
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5010
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5014 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5016
5017 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5018 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5019 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
5020 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5021
5022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5023 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5024
5025 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5026
5027 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5028 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5030 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5031 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5032
5033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5034
5035 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5036
5037 ;;;***
5038 \f
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5040 ;;;;;;  (20825 24233 991089 0))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5042
5043 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5044 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5045 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5046 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5047
5048 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5049 a prespecified separator regexp.  For example, if the separator
5050 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5051 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5052
5053 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5054 `crm-default-separator' (comma).  The separator regexp may be
5055 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5056
5057 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5058 'elements'.  In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5059 'bob', and 'eve'.
5060
5061 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5062 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5063 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5064
5065 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5066 with empty strings removed.
5067
5068 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5069 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5070 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5071
5072 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5073
5074 ;;;***
5075 \f
5076 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709
5077 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5079
5080 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5081 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5082
5083 \(fn)" t nil)
5084
5085 ;;;***
5086 \f
5087 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5088 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5090
5091 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5092 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5093 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5095 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5096 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5097
5098 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5099
5100 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5101 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5103 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5104 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5105
5106 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5107 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5108 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5109 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5110 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5111 normal function of these prefix keys.
5112
5113 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5114 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5115 options:
5116 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5117 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5118 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5119
5120 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5121 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5122 the prefix fallback behavior.
5123
5124 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally.  Trying to disable
5125 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5126 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5127 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5128
5129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5132 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5133
5134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5135
5136 ;;;***
5137 \f
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5139 ;;;;;;  custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5140 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5141 ;;;;;;  customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5142 ;;;;;;  customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5143 ;;;;;;  customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5144 ;;;;;;  customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5145 ;;;;;;  customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5146 ;;;;;;  customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5147 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5148 ;;;;;;  "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20874 9766 437572 0))
5149 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5150
5151 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5152 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5153
5154 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5155
5156 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5157 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5158
5159 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5160
5161 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5162 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5163
5164 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5167 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5168
5169 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5170 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5171
5172 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5173 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5174
5175 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5176
5177 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5178
5179 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5180 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5181 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5182
5183 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5184 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5185
5186 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5187 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5190 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5191
5192 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5193
5194 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5197 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5198 Return VALUE.
5199
5200 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5201 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5202
5203 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5204 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5207 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5208
5209 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5210
5211 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5212
5213 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5214 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5215 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5216 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5217
5218 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5219 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5220 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5221
5222 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5223
5224 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5225 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5226 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5227 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5228 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5229
5230 \(fn)" t nil)
5231
5232 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5233 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5234 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5235 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5236
5237 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5238
5239 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5241 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5242
5243 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5247
5248 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5249
5250 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5251
5252 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5254
5255 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5256
5257 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5258
5259 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5261 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5262
5263 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5264
5265 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5266 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5267 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5268 as part of Emacs itself.
5269
5270 Each elements looks like this:
5271
5272      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5273
5274 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5275 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5276 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5277 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5278 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5279 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5280 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5281 and `defface'.
5282
5283 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5284
5285      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5286                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5287                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5288                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5289                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5290
5291 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5292 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5293 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5294 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5295
5296 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5297
5298 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5300 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5301 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5302 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5303 release.
5304
5305 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5306 that were added or redefined since that version.
5307
5308 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5309
5310 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5312 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5313 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5314
5315 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5316
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5319
5320 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5321
5322 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5323 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5324 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5325
5326 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5327 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5328
5329 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5330
5331 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5333
5334 \(fn)" t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5338
5339 \(fn)" t nil)
5340
5341 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5342 Customize all saved options and faces.
5343
5344 \(fn)" t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5348 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5349 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5350 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
5351 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5352
5353 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5354 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5355 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5356
5357 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5358
5359 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5361
5362 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5363
5364 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5365 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5366
5367 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5370 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5371
5372 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5376 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5377 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5378 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5379 that option.
5380
5381 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5385 The result includes selecting that window.
5386 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5387 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5388 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5389 that option.
5390
5391 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5392
5393 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5394 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5395
5396 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5397
5398 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5399 File used for storing customization information.
5400 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5401 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5402 it should be an absolute file name.
5403
5404 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5405 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5406 something like the following in your init file:
5407
5408 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5409 \(load custom-file)
5410
5411 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5412 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5413
5414 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5415 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5416 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5417 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5418 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5419
5420 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5421 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5422 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5423 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5424 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5425 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5426 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5427 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5428 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5429 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5430
5431 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5432
5433 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5434 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5435
5436 \(fn)" nil nil)
5437
5438 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5439 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5440
5441 \(fn)" t nil)
5442
5443 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5444 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5445 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5446
5447 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5448
5449 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5452 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5453 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5454
5455 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5456
5457 ;;;***
5458 \f
5459 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5460 ;;;;;;  customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841
5461 ;;;;;;  12463 538770 0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5463
5464 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5465 Create or edit a custom theme.
5466 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5467 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5468 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5469 from the Custom save file.
5470 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5471 named *Custom Theme*.
5472
5473 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5474
5475 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5476 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5477
5478 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5479
5480 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5481 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5482
5483 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5484
5485 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5486 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5487 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5488 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5489
5490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5491
5492 ;;;***
5493 \f
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5495 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5497
5498 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5499 Mode used for cvs status output.
5500
5501 \(fn)" t nil)
5502
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5506 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5508
5509 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5510 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5511
5512 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5513
5514 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5515 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5516 C++ modes are included.
5517
5518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5519 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5520 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5521
5522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5523
5524 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5525
5526 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5527 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5528 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5531 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5532
5533 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5534
5535 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5536 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5537 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5538 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5539 ARG is omitted or nil.
5540
5541 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5542 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5543 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5544
5545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5550 ;;;;;;  cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5551 ;;;;;;  (20826 45095 436233 0))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5553
5554 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5555 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5556
5557 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5558
5559 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5560 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5561
5562 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5563
5564 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5565 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5566 For readability, the table is slightly
5567 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5568
5569 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5570 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5571 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5572 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5573 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5574
5575 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5576
5577 ;;;***
5578 \f
5579 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5580 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5581 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5582 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5583 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5584  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5585  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5586
5587 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5588 Completion on current word.
5589 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5590 and presents suggestions for completion.
5591
5592 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5593 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5594 completions.
5595
5596 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5597 then it searches *all* buffers.
5598
5599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5600
5601 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5602 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5603
5604 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5605 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5606 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5607 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5608 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5609
5610 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5611 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5612
5613 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5614 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5615 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5616
5617 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5618 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5619
5620 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5621
5622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5623
5624 ;;;***
5625 \f
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5627 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5629
5630 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5631 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5632
5633 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5634
5635 ;;;***
5636 \f
5637 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20900
5638 ;;;;;;  33838 319219 0))
5639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5640
5641 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5642 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5643 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5644 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5645 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5646
5647 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5648
5649 ;;;***
5650 \f
5651 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763
5652 ;;;;;;  30266 231060 0))
5653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5654
5655 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5656 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5657
5658 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5659 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5660 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5661
5662 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5663 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5664 Data lines are not indented.
5665
5666 Key bindings:
5667
5668 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5669 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5670
5671 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5672 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5673 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5674 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5675
5676 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5677
5678  dcl-basic-offset
5679     Extra indentation within blocks.
5680
5681  dcl-continuation-offset
5682     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5683
5684  dcl-margin-offset
5685     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5686
5687  dcl-margin-label-offset
5688     Indentation for a label.
5689
5690  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5691     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5692
5693  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5694  dcl-block-end-regexp
5695     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5696     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5697     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5698     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5699     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5700
5701  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5702     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5703     Two such functions are included in the package:
5704         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5705         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5706
5707  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5708     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5709     One such function is included in the package:
5710         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5711
5712  dcl-tab-always-indent
5713     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5714     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5715     margin.
5716
5717  dcl-electric-characters
5718     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5719     typed.
5720
5721  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5722     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5723     which words trigger electric indentation.
5724
5725  dcl-tempo-comma
5726  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5727  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5728     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5729
5730  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5731     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5732     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5733     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5734
5735  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5736  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5737  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5738  dcl-imenu-label-call
5739     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5740
5741 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5742 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5743 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5744 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5745
5746
5747 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5748
5749 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5750 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5751 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5752 $       i = 1
5753 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5754 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5755 $ label:
5756 $       if i.eq.1
5757 $       then
5758 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5759 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5760 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5761 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5762 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5763                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5764 $               type sys$input
5765 Data lines are not indented at all.
5766 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5767 $       endif
5768 $
5769
5770
5771 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5772 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5773
5774 \(fn)" t nil)
5775
5776 ;;;***
5777 \f
5778 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5779 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5781
5782 (setq debugger 'debug)
5783
5784 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5785 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5786 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5787 of the evaluator.
5788
5789 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5790 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5791 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5792
5793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5796 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5797
5798 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799
5800 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5801 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5802 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5803 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5804 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5805 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5806
5807 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5808 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5809
5810 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5813 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5814 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5815 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5816 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5817
5818 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5819
5820 ;;;***
5821 \f
5822 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5823 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5825
5826 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5827 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5828
5829 \(fn)" t nil)
5830
5831 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5832 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5833 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5834 Upper-case letters are commands.
5835
5836 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5837 modify it.
5838
5839 The most useful commands are:
5840 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5841 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5842 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5843 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5844 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5845 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5846
5847 \(fn)" t nil)
5848
5849 ;;;***
5850 \f
5851 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5852 ;;;;;;  delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709
5853 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5854 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5855
5856 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5857 Customization of `columns' group.
5858
5859 \(fn)" t nil)
5860
5861 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5862 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5863
5864 START and END delimits the text region.
5865
5866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867
5868 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5869 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5870
5871 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5872
5873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874
5875 ;;;***
5876 \f
5877 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709
5878 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5879 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5880
5881 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5882
5883 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5884 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5885 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5888 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5889
5890 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5891
5892 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5893 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5895 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5896 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5897
5898 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5899 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5900 active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5901 any selection.
5902
5903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5908 ;;;;;;  "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5910
5911 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5912 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5913
5914 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5915
5916 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5917 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5918            or nil if there is no parent.
5919 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5920 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5921            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5922 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5923            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5924
5925 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5926   arguments are currently understood:
5927 :group GROUP
5928         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5929         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5930 :syntax-table TABLE
5931         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5932         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5933 :abbrev-table TABLE
5934         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5935         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5936
5937 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5938
5939   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5940
5941 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5942 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
5943 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5944
5945 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5946 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5947
5948   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5949     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5950     (setq case-fold-search nil))
5951
5952 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5953 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5954
5955 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5956 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5957
5958 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5959
5960 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5961
5962 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5963
5964 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5965 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5966 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5967 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5968 the first time the mode is used.
5969
5970 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5971
5972 ;;;***
5973 \f
5974 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5975 ;;;;;;  "descr-text.el" (20875 30633 412173 0))
5976 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5977
5978 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5979 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5980 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5981 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5982 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5983 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5984 otherwise.
5985
5986 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5987
5988 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5989 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5990 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5991 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5992
5993 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5994 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5995 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5996
5997 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5998 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5999 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6000 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6001 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6002 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6003 relevant to POS.
6004
6005 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6006
6007 ;;;***
6008 \f
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6010 ;;;;;;  desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6011 ;;;;;;  desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6012 ;;;;;;  "desktop.el" (20866 42607 417304 513000))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6014
6015 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6016 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6017 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6018
6019 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6020
6021 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6022 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6024 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6025 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6026
6027 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6028 one session to another.  See variable `desktop-save' and function
6029 `desktop-read' for details.
6030
6031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032
6033 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6034 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6035 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
6036 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6037
6038 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6039
6040 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6041 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6042 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6043
6044 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6045 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6046 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6047
6048 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6049 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6050
6051 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6052 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6053 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6054
6055 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6056 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6057 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6058 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6059
6060    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6061
6062 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6063 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6064
6065 Handlers are called with argument list
6066
6067    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6068
6069 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6070
6071    desktop-file-version
6072    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6073    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6074    desktop-buffer-point
6075    desktop-buffer-mark
6076    desktop-buffer-read-only
6077    desktop-buffer-locals
6078
6079 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6080 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6081
6082 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6083 code like
6084
6085    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6086    ...
6087    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6088                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6089
6090 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6091
6092 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6093
6094 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6095 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6096 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6097 List elements must have the form
6098
6099    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6100
6101 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6102 function.
6103
6104 Handlers are called with argument list
6105
6106    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6107
6108 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6109
6110    desktop-file-version
6111    desktop-buffer-file-name
6112    desktop-buffer-name
6113    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6114    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6115    desktop-buffer-point
6116    desktop-buffer-mark
6117    desktop-buffer-read-only
6118    desktop-buffer-misc
6119
6120 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6121 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6122 created and set.
6123
6124 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6125 code like
6126
6127    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6128    ...
6129    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6130                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6131
6132 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6133
6134 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6135
6136 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6137
6138 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6139 Empty the Desktop.
6140 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6141 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6142 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6143
6144 \(fn)" t nil)
6145
6146 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6147 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6148 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6149 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6150 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6151 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6152
6153 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6156 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6157 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6158
6159 \(fn)" t nil)
6160
6161 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6162 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6163 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6164 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6165 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6166 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6167 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6168 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6169
6170 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6171
6172 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6173 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6174 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6175
6176 \(fn)" nil nil)
6177
6178 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6179
6180 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6181 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6182 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6183 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6184 directory DIRNAME.
6185
6186 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6187
6188 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6189 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6190
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6194 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6195
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6197
6198 ;;;***
6199 \f
6200 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6201 ;;;;;;  gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6202 ;;;;;;  "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6204
6205 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6206 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6207 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6208 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6209 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6210 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6215 Repair a broken attribution line.
6216 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6217
6218 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6221 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6222 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6223 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6224
6225 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6228 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6229
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6231
6232 ;;;***
6233 \f
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6235 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20879 27694 495748 0))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6237
6238 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6239 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6240 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6241 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6242 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6243
6244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6245
6246 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6247 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6248 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6249 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6250
6251 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6252 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6253 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6254 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6255
6256 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6257 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6258
6259 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6260       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6261       calendar-date-style 'european
6262       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6263
6264 \(diary-mail-entries)
6265
6266 # diary-rem.el ends here
6267
6268 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6269
6270 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6271 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6272
6273 \(fn)" t nil)
6274
6275 ;;;***
6276 \f
6277 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6278 ;;;;;;  diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6279 ;;;;;;  (20760 54070 584283 0))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6281
6282 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6283 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6284
6285 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6286
6287 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6288 The command to use to run diff.")
6289
6290 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6291
6292 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6293 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6294 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6295 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6296 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6297 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6298
6299 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6300 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6301 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6302
6303 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6304
6305 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6306 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6307 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6308 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6309 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6310 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6311
6312 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6313
6314 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6315 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6316
6317 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6318
6319 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6320 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6321 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6322
6323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6324
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6328 ;;;;;;  (20814 53928 50501 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6330
6331 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6332 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6333 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6334 normal diffs.
6335
6336 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6337 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6338 headers for you on-the-fly.
6339
6340 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6341 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6342 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6343
6344    \\{diff-mode-map}
6345
6346 \(fn)" t nil)
6347
6348 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6349 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6351 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6352 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6353
6354 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6355
6356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6357
6358 ;;;***
6359 \f
6360 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6362
6363 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6364 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6365 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6366
6367 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6368
6369 ;;;***
6370 \f
6371 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-hide-details-mode dired-mode dired-noselect
6372 ;;;;;;  dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-listing-switches)
6373 ;;;;;;  "dired" "dired.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
6374 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6375
6376 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6377 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6378 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6379 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6380 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6381 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6382 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6383 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6384
6385 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6386
6387 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6388 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6389 Local to each dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6390 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6391 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6392  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6393
6394 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6395 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6396 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6397 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6398 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6399 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6400 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6401 list of files to make directory entries for.
6402 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6403 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6404 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6405
6406 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6407
6408 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6409  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6410
6411 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6412 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6413
6414 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6415  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6416
6417 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6418 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6419
6420 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421
6422 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6423 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6424
6425 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6426
6427 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6428 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6429 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6430   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6431   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6432 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6433   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6434   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6435   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6436   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6437 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6438 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6439 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6440 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6441   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6442   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6443   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6444   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6445   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6446   to see why something went wrong.
6447 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6448 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6449 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6450 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6451   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6452 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6453 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6454 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6455 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6456 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6457 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6458   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6459 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6460
6461 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6462 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6463 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6464 again for the directory tree.
6465
6466 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6467 for more info):
6468
6469   `dired-listing-switches'
6470   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6471   `dired-marker-char'
6472   `dired-del-marker'
6473   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6474   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6475   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6476   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6477
6478 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6479
6480   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6481   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6482   `dired-mode-hook'
6483   `dired-load-hook'
6484
6485 Keybindings:
6486 \\{dired-mode-map}
6487
6488 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6489  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6490
6491 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6492 Hide details in `dired-mode'.
6493
6494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6495
6496 ;;;***
6497 \f
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6499 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6501
6502 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6503 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6505 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6506 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6507
6508 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6509 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6510 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6511
6512 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6513 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6514 directory.
6515
6516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6517
6518 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6519 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6520 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6521 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6522 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6523 from `default-directory'.
6524
6525 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6526
6527 ;;;***
6528 \f
6529 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709
6530 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
6531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6532
6533 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6534 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6535 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6536 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6537 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6538 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6539
6540 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6541
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6545 ;;;;;;  make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6546 ;;;;;;  standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6547 ;;;;;;  standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6548 ;;;;;;  set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6549 ;;;;;;  "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6550 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6551
6552 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6553 Return a new, empty display table.
6554
6555 \(fn)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6558 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6559 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6560 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6561 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6562
6563 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6564
6565 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6566 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6567 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6568 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6569 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6570
6571 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6572
6573 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6574 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6575
6576 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6577
6578 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6579 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6580
6581 \(fn)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6584 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6585
6586 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6587 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6588
6589 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6590 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6591 byte.
6592
6593 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6594 in the default way after this call.
6595
6596 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6597
6598 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6599 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6600
6601 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6602
6603 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6604 Display character C using printable string S.
6605
6606 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6607
6608 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6609 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6610 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6611 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6612
6613 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6616 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6617 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6618 X frame.
6619
6620 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6621
6622 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6623 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6624
6625 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6626
6627 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6628 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6629
6630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6631
6632 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6633 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6634
6635 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6636
6637 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6638 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6639
6640 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6641
6642 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6643 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6644
6645 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6646
6647 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6648 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6649
6650 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6651 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6652
6653 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6654 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6655
6656 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6657 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6658 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6659 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6660
6661 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6662 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6663 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6664 in `.emacs'.
6665
6666 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6667
6668 ;;;***
6669 \f
6670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6671 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
6672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6673
6674 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6681 Default is 2.
6682
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684
6685 ;;;***
6686 \f
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818
6688 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6690
6691 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6692 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6693 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6694 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6695 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6696 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6697 private or ask).
6698 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6699 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6700 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6701 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6702 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6703
6704 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6705
6706 ;;;***
6707 \f
6708 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6709 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6711
6712 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6713 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6714 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6715 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6716 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6717 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6718 table and its own syntax table.
6719
6720 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6721
6722 \(fn)" t nil)
6723  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6724
6725 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6726 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6727
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6729
6730 ;;;***
6731 \f
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6733 ;;;;;;  doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20899
6734 ;;;;;;  12965 791908 0))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6736
6737 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6738 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6739 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6740 OpenDocument format).
6741
6742 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6743
6744 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6745 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6746
6747 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6748 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6749
6750 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6751 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6752 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6753
6754 \(fn)" t nil)
6755
6756 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6757 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6758 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6759 to the next best mode.
6760
6761 \(fn)" nil nil)
6762
6763 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6764 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6766 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6767 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6768
6769 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6770
6771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6772
6773 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6774
6775
6776 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6777
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818
6781 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6783
6784 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6785 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6786
6787 \(fn)" t nil)
6788
6789 ;;;***
6790 \f
6791 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20709 26818
6792 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6793 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6794
6795 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6796 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6798 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6800
6801 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6802 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6803
6804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6805
6806 ;;;***
6807 \f
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838
6809 ;;;;;;  319219 0))
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6811
6812 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6813 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6814
6815 \(fn)" t nil)
6816
6817 ;;;***
6818 \f
6819 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6820 ;;;;;;  define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6821 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6823
6824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6825
6826 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6827 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6828 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6829 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6830 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6831
6832 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6833 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6834 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6835 and disables it otherwise.
6836
6837 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6838 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6839 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6840 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6841
6842 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6843 documenting what its argument does.
6844
6845 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6846 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6847 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6848   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6849   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6850   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6851   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6852   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6853
6854 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6855   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6856   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6857   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6858   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6859   mode is global):
6860
6861 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6862                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6863                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6864                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6865 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6866                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6867                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6868 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6869                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6870 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6871 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6872 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6873 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6874                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6875                 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6876                 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6877                 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6878                 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6879                 sets it.  If you specify a :variable, this function does
6880                 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6881                 in :variable).
6882
6883 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6884                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6885
6886 For example, you could write
6887   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6888     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6889     ...BODY CODE...)
6890
6891 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6892
6893 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6894
6895 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6896
6897 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6898
6899 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6900 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6901 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6902   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6903 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6904   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6905   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6906   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6907   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6908   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6909   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6910   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6911
6912 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6913 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6914 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6915 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6916 call another major mode in their body.
6917
6918 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6919 after running the major mode's hook.  However, MODE is not turned
6920 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6921
6922 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6923
6924 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6925
6926 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6927 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6928 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6929 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6930 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6931 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6932 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6933
6934 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6935
6936   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6937   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6938   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6939   :group     Ignored.
6940   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6941              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6942
6943 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6944
6945 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6946 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6947 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6948 the constant's documentation.
6949
6950 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6951
6952 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6953 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6954 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6955
6956 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6957
6958 ;;;***
6959 \f
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6961 ;;;;;;  easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6962 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
6963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6964
6965 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6966 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6967 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6968 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6969
6970 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6971 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6972 as a top-level menu bar item.
6973
6974 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar
6975 item name.  It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6976 pairs:
6977
6978  :filter FUNCTION
6979     FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6980     argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6981     items to actually display.
6982
6983  :visible INCLUDE
6984     INCLUDE is an expression.  The menu is visible if the
6985     expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:included' is an
6986     alias for `:visible'.
6987
6988  :active ENABLE
6989     ENABLE is an expression.  The menu is enabled for selection
6990     if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:enable' is
6991     an alias for `:active'.
6992
6993 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6994 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6995
6996   [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6997
6998 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6999
7000 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7001 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7002
7003 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7004 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7005
7006 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7007
7008    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7009
7010 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7011 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7012
7013  :keys KEYS
7014     KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7015     This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7016     usually computed automatically.  KEYS is expanded with
7017     `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7018
7019  :key-sequence KEYS
7020     KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7021     menu.  It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7022     keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7023     vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7024
7025  :active ENABLE
7026     ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7027     whenever this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an
7028     alias for `:active'.
7029
7030  :visible INCLUDE
7031     INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7032     expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for
7033     `:visible'.
7034
7035  :label FORM
7036     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7037     value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7038
7039  :suffix FORM
7040     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7041     value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7042
7043  :style STYLE
7044     STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7045     be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7046     other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7047
7048  :selected SELECTED
7049     SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7050     selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7051
7052  :help HELP
7053     HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7054
7055 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string.  Then that string
7056 appears in the menu as unselectable text.  A string consisting
7057 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7058
7059 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7060 MENU.  This is a submenu.
7061
7062 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7063
7064 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7065
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7067
7068
7069 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7070
7071 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7072 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7073 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7074 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7075
7076 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7077
7078 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7079 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7080 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7081 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7082 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7083 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7084
7085 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7086 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7087 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7088
7089 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7090 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7091 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7092
7093 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7094 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7095
7096 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7097
7098 ;;;***
7099 \f
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7101 ;;;;;;  ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7102 ;;;;;;  ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7103 ;;;;;;  ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7104 ;;;;;;  ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7105 ;;;;;;  ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7106 ;;;;;;  ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7107 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7109
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Customization for ebnf group.
7112
7113 \(fn)" t nil)
7114
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7117
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7121 processed.
7122
7123 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7124
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7129
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after process termination.
7132
7133 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7134
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7139
7140 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7141 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7142 it to the printer.
7143
7144 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7145 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7146 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7147 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7148
7149 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7153 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7154
7155 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7159
7160 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7161
7162 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7163 processed.
7164
7165 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7166
7167 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7171
7172 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7173 killed after process termination.
7174
7175 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7176
7177 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7178
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7181 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7182 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7183
7184 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7185
7186 \(fn)" t nil)
7187
7188 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7189 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7190 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7191
7192 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7193
7194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7198
7199 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7200
7201 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7202 processed.
7203
7204 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7205
7206 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7210
7211 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7212 killed after EPS generation.
7213
7214 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7215
7216 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7220
7221 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7222 The EPS file name has the following form:
7223
7224    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7225
7226 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7227              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7228
7229 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7230              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7231              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7232              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7233              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7234
7235 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7236          files.
7237
7238 \(fn)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7242
7243 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7244 The EPS file name has the following form:
7245
7246    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7247
7248 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7249              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7250
7251 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7252              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7253              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7254              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7255              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7256
7257 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7258          files.
7259
7260 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7261
7262 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7263
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7266
7267 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7268
7269 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7270 are processed.
7271
7272 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7273
7274 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7278
7279 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7280 killed after syntax checking.
7281
7282 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7283
7284 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7288
7289 \(fn)" t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7293
7294 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7295
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7298
7299 \(fn)" nil nil)
7300
7301 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7302 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7303
7304 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7305
7306 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7310
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312
7313 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Delete style NAME.
7317
7318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7319
7320 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7324
7325 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7326
7327 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Set STYLE as the current style.
7331
7332 Returns the old style symbol.
7333
7334 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7335
7336 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Reset current style.
7340
7341 Returns the old style symbol.
7342
7343 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7344
7345 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7349
7350 Returns the old style symbol.
7351
7352 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7353
7354 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355
7356 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7359 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7360
7361 Returns the old style symbol.
7362
7363 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7364
7365 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7368
7369 ;;;***
7370 \f
7371 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7372 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7373 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7374 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7375 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7376 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7377 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7378 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7379 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7380 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7381 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709
7382 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
7383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7386 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7387 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7388 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7389 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7390 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7391
7392 Tree mode key bindings:
7393 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7394
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7398 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7403 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7408 View declaration of member at point.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7413 Find declaration of member at point.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7418 View definition of member at point.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7423 Find definition of member at point.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7428 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7433 View definition of member at point in other window.
7434
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7438 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7439
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7443 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7444
7445 \(fn)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7448 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7449
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7453 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7454
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7458 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7459 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7460 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7461 completion.
7462
7463 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7466 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7467 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7468 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7469
7470 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7473 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7474 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7475 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7476
7477 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7480 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7481 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7482
7483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7484
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7486 Search for call sites of a member.
7487 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7488 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7489 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7490 looks like a function call to the member.
7491
7492 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7495 Move backward in the position stack.
7496 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7497
7498 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7499
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7501 Move forward in the position stack.
7502 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7503
7504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7507 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7508
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7512 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7513
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7517 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7518 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7519 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7520
7521 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7522
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7524 Display statistics for a class tree.
7525
7526 \(fn)" t nil)
7527
7528 ;;;***
7529 \f
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7531 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7532 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7533
7534 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7535 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7536 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7537 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7538 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7539 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7540 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7541
7542 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7543
7544 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7545 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7546   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7547   also has this effect.
7548 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7549   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7550   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7551 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7552 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7553 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7554 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7555 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7556 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7557 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7558
7559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7560
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7564 ;;;;;;  "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7566
7567 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7568 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7569 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7570
7571 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7576 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7578
7579 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7580
7581
7582 \(fn)" nil nil)
7583
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20813 33065
7587 ;;;;;;  721081 0))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7589
7590 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7591 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7592 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7595 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7596
7597 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7598
7599 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7600 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7602 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7604
7605 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7606 an EDE controlled project.
7607
7608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7609
7610 ;;;***
7611 \f
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7613 ;;;;;;  edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7614 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20834 39208 838628 0))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7616
7617 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7618 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7619 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7620 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7621 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7622
7623 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7624 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7625 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7626 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7627
7628 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7629
7630 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7631 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7632 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7633 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7634
7635 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7636
7637 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7638 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7639 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7640 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7641
7642 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7643
7644 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7645
7646 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7647 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7648 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7649 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7650 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7651
7652 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7653 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7654 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7655 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7656 instrumented for Edebug.
7657
7658 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7659 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7660 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7661 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7662 already is one.)
7663
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7665
7666 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7667 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7668
7669 \(fn)" t nil)
7670
7671 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7672 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7673
7674 \(fn)" t nil)
7675
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7679 ;;;;;;  ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7680 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7681 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7682 ;;;;;;  ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7683 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7684 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7685 ;;;;;;  ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7686 ;;;;;;  ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7687 ;;;;;;  ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20893 60586
7688 ;;;;;;  188550 0))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7690
7691 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7693
7694 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7695
7696 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7697 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7698
7699 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7700
7701 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7702
7703 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7704
7705 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7706 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7707 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7708 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7709
7710 \(fn)" t nil)
7711
7712 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7714 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7715 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7716
7717 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7721
7722 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7723
7724 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7728
7729 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7730
7731 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7735 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7736 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7737
7738 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7739
7740 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7744 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7745 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7746
7747 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7753 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7754 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7755
7756 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7757
7758 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7759
7760 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7762 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7763 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7764
7765 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7766
7767 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7768
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7771 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7772 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7773 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7774 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7775
7776 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7777
7778 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7780 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7781 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7782
7783 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7784
7785 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7786
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7788 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7789 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7790 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7791
7792 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7793
7794 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7795
7796 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7799 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7800 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7801 follows:
7802 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7803 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7804
7805 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806
7807 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7808 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7809 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7810 follows:
7811 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7812 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7813
7814 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7818 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7819 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7820 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7821
7822 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7823
7824 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7825 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7826 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7827 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7828 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7829 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7830
7831 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7832
7833 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7834
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7836 Merge two files without ancestor.
7837
7838 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7839
7840 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7841 Merge two files with ancestor.
7842
7843 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7844
7845 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7848 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7849
7850 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7853 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7854
7855 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7859 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7860 buffer.
7861
7862 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7866 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7867 buffer.
7868
7869 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7872 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7873 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7874 and don't ask the user.
7875 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7876 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7877
7878 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7882 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7883 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7884 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7885 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7886 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7887 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7888
7889 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7890
7891 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7892
7893 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7897 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7898 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7899 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7900
7901 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902
7903 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7904
7905 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7906 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7907 When called interactively, displays the version.
7908
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7910
7911 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7912 Display Ediff's manual.
7913 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7914
7915 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7916
7917 ;;;***
7918 \f
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7920 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7922
7923 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7924
7925
7926 \(fn)" t nil)
7927
7928 ;;;***
7929 \f
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7931 ;;;;;;  (20893 60586 188550 0))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7935 Display Ediff's registry.
7936
7937 \(fn)" t nil)
7938
7939 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7944 ;;;;;;  "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7946
7947 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7948 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7949 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7950 which see.
7951
7952 \(fn)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7955 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7956 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7957 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7958
7959 \(fn)" t nil)
7960
7961 ;;;***
7962 \f
7963 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7964 ;;;;;;  edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7965 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7966 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7967
7968 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7969 Edit a keyboard macro.
7970 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7971 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7972 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7973 its command name.
7974 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7975
7976 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7977
7978 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7979 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7980
7981 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7982
7983 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7984 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7985
7986 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7987
7988 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7989 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7990 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7991 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7992 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7993 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7994
7995 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7996 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7997 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7998 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7999
8000 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8003 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8004 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8005 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8006 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
8007 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8008
8009 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8014 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8016
8017 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8018 Set scroll margins.
8019 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8020 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8021
8022 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8023
8024 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8025 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8026
8027 \(fn)" t nil)
8028
8029 ;;;***
8030 \f
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8032 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8034
8035 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8036 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8037 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8038 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
8039 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
8040 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8041 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8042
8043 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8044 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8045
8046 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8047 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8048 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
8049 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8050
8051 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8052 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8053 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8054
8055 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8056 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8057 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8058
8059 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8060
8061 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8062
8063
8064 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8065
8066 ;;;***
8067 \f
8068 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8069 ;;;;;;  (20771 24374 643644 0))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8071
8072 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8073 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8074 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8075
8076 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8077
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8081 ;;;;;;  eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8082 ;;;;;;  (20892 39729 858825 0))
8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8084
8085 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8086 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8087 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8088 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8089
8090 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8091 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8092
8093 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8094 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8095 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8096 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8097
8098 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8101 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8102 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8103
8104 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8105 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8106
8107 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8108 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8109 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8110
8111 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8112
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-post-insert-mode eldoc-mode
8116 ;;;;;;  eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20806
8117 ;;;;;;  59818 347907 0))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8119
8120 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8121 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8122
8123 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8124
8125 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8126 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8128 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8130
8131 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8132 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8133 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8134 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8135 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8136 expression point is on.
8137
8138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8139
8140 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8141 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8143 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8145 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8146
8147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8150 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8151
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8153
8154 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8155 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8156 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8157 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8158 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8159 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8160 arg list.
8161
8162 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8163 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8164 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8165 effect.
8166
8167 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8168 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8169
8170 ;;;***
8171 \f
8172 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8173 ;;;;;;  "electric" "electric.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8175
8176 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8177 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8178
8179 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8180 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8181 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8184 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8185
8186 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8189 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8191 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8192 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8193
8194 This is a global minor mode.  When enabled, it reindents whenever
8195 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8196 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8199
8200 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8201 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8202 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8205 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8206
8207 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8208
8209 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8210 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8212 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8214
8215 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8216 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8217 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8218
8219 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8220
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222
8223 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8224 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8225 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8228 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8229
8230 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8233 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8235 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8237 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8238
8239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8240
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709
8244 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8246
8247 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8248 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8249
8250 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8251 an elided material again.
8252
8253 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8254
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8256
8257 ;;;***
8258 \f
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8260 ;;;;;;  elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8261 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8263
8264 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8265 Lint the file FILE.
8266
8267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8270 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8271 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8272
8273 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8276 Lint the current buffer.
8277 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8278
8279 \(fn)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8282 Lint the function at point.
8283 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8284
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8288 Initialize elint.
8289 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8290 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8291
8292 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8293
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8297 ;;;;;;  elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709
8298 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8300
8301 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8302 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8303 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8304
8305 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8306
8307 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8308 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8309 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8310 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8311
8312 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8313
8314 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8315 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8316 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8317
8318     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8319
8320 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8323 Display current profiling results.
8324 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8325 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8326 displayed.
8327
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8329
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8333 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8335
8336 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8337 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8338 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8339 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8340 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8341 ARG is omitted or nil.
8342
8343 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8344 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8345 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8346 used instead.
8347
8348 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8349
8350  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8351  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8352  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8353
8354 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8355
8356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8361 ;;;;;;  (20759 33211 414988 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8363
8364 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8365 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8366 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8367
8368 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8369
8370 ;;;***
8371 \f
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8373 ;;;;;;  emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8374 ;;;;;;  emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8375 ;;;;;;  emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8376 ;;;;;;  "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8378
8379 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8380 Run Emerge on two files.
8381
8382 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8385 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8386
8387 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8390 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8391
8392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8395 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8396
8397 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8400
8401
8402 \(fn)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8405
8406
8407 \(fn)" nil nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8410
8411
8412 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8415
8416
8417 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8420 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8421
8422 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8423
8424 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8425 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8426
8427 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8430
8431
8432 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8433
8434 ;;;***
8435 \f
8436 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8437 ;;;;;;  "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8439
8440 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8441 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8442 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8443 text/enriched format.
8444
8445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8446 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8447 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8448
8449 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8450
8451 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8452 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8453
8454 Commands:
8455
8456 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8457
8458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8459
8460 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8461
8462
8463 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8464
8465 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8466
8467
8468 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8469
8470 ;;;***
8471 \f
8472 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8473 ;;;;;;  epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8474 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8475 ;;;;;;  epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8476 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8477 ;;;;;;  epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20879
8478 ;;;;;;  27694 495748 0))
8479 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8482 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8483
8484 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8487 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8488
8489 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8492 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8493 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8494 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8495 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8496 the keys are listed.
8497 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8498
8499 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8502 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8503
8504 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8507 Verify FILE.
8508
8509 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8512 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8513
8514 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8515
8516 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8517 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8518
8519 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8522 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8523
8524 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8525 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8526 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8527 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8528
8529 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8530 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8531 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8532 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8533 should consider using the string based counterpart
8534 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8535 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8536
8537 For example:
8538
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8540   (decode-coding-string
8541     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8542     'utf-8))
8543
8544 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8547 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8548
8549 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8550 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8551
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify the current region between START and END.
8556
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8559 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8560 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8561 should consider using the string based counterpart
8562 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8564
8565 For example:
8566
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8568   (decode-coding-string
8569     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8570     'utf-8))
8571
8572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8575 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8576 between START and END.
8577
8578 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8579 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8580
8581 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8584 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8585
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8587 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8588 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8589 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8590 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8591 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8592
8593 For example:
8594
8595 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8596   (epg-sign-string
8597     context
8598     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8599
8600 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8603 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8604
8605 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8607 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8608 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8609 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8610 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8611
8612 For example:
8613
8614 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8615   (epg-encrypt-string
8616     context
8617     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8618     nil))
8619
8620 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8623 Delete selected KEYS.
8624
8625 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8628 Import keys from FILE.
8629
8630 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8633 Import keys from the region.
8634
8635 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8638 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8639 between START and END.
8640
8641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8642
8643 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8644 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8645
8646 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8649 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8650
8651 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8652
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8656 ;;;;;;  epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818
8657 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8661 Decrypt marked files.
8662
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8664
8665 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8666 Verify marked files.
8667
8668 \(fn)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8671 Sign marked files.
8672
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8674
8675 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8676 Encrypt marked files.
8677
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8679
8680 ;;;***
8681 \f
8682 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8683 ;;;;;;  "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8687
8688
8689 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8690
8691 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8692
8693
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8695
8696 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8697
8698
8699 \(fn)" t nil)
8700
8701 ;;;***
8702 \f
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8704 ;;;;;;  epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8705 ;;;;;;  "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8709 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8711 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8712 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8713
8714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8715
8716 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8717 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8718 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8719
8720 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8721
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8723
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8725 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8726 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8727
8728 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8729
8730 \(fn)" t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8733 Sign the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8735
8736 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8737
8738 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8739
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8741 Encrypt the current buffer.
8742 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8743
8744 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8745
8746 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8747
8748 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8749 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8750 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8751
8752 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8753
8754 \(fn)" t nil)
8755
8756 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8757 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8758 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8761 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8762
8763 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8764
8765 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8766 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8768 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8769 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8770
8771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20853 3623 384273
8776 ;;;;;;  0))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8778
8779 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8780 Return a context object.
8781
8782 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8783
8784 ;;;***
8785 \f
8786 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8787 ;;;;;;  "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8789
8790 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8791 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8792
8793 \(fn)" nil nil)
8794
8795 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8796 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8797
8798 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8799
8800 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8801 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8802
8803 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8804
8805 ;;;***
8806 \f
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8808 ;;;;;;  "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8812 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8813
8814 \(fn)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8817 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8818 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8819
8820 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8821
8822 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8823    (server (erc-compute-server))
8824    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8825    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8826    password
8827    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8828
8829 That is, if called with
8830
8831    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8832
8833 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8834 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8835 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8836
8837 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8838
8839 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8840
8841 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8842 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8843 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8844
8845 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8846
8847 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8848 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8849 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8850 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8851
8852 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8853
8854 ;;;***
8855 \f
8856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8857 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8859  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8864 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8866  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8871 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8873  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8874
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8878 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8880  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8885 ;;;;;;  "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8887  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8888
8889 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8890 Parser for /dcc command.
8891 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8892 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8893 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8894
8895 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8896
8897 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8898 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8899
8900 \(fn)" nil nil)
8901
8902 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8903 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8904
8905 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8906 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8907 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8908 that subcommand.
8909
8910 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8911
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8915 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 176325 548000))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8922 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8923 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8924 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8925 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8927
8928 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8930
8931 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8935 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8936 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8937
8938 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8939
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941
8942
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8947
8948 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8952
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8957
8958 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8962
8963 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8967
8968 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8971 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8972
8973 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8974
8975 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8976 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8977
8978 \(fn)" nil nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8982
8983 \(fn)" nil nil)
8984
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709
8988 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8990  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8991
8992 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8993 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8994 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8995
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9001 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9003  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9006 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9007 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9008 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9009 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9010 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9011 system.
9012
9013 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9014
9015 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9016
9017
9018 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9023 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9025
9026 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9027
9028
9029 \(fn)" nil nil)
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9034 ;;;;;;  0))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9036  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20884 7264 412929
9041 ;;;;;;  442000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9043  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9044
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9048 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9050  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9053 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9054 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9055 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9056 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9057 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9058
9059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9060
9061 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9062 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9063 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9064 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9065
9066 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9067 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9068 automatically.
9069
9070 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9071 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9072
9073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9078 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9079 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9080 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9082  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9083
9084 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9085 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9086
9087 \(fn)" t nil)
9088
9089 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9090 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9091
9092 \(fn)" t nil)
9093
9094 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9095 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9096
9097 \(fn)" t nil)
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9100 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9101
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9105 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9106
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9110 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9111
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9115 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9116
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9118
9119 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9120 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9121
9122 \(fn)" t nil)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9127 ;;;;;;  442000))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9129  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9134 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9136  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9137
9138 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9139 Show who's gone.
9140
9141 \(fn)" nil nil)
9142
9143 ;;;***
9144 \f
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9146 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9148
9149 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9150 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9151 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9152 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9153
9154 \(fn)" nil nil)
9155
9156 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9157 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9158
9159 \(fn)" t nil)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9164 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-notify.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9166  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9167
9168 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9169 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9170 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9171 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9172
9173 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9176
9177
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9179
9180 ;;;***
9181 \f
9182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9183 ;;;;;;  0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9185  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9186
9187 ;;;***
9188 \f
9189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9190 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9192  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9193
9194 ;;;***
9195 \f
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9197 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9199  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9204 ;;;;;;  442000))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9206  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9207
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9211 ;;;;;;  "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709 26818 907104
9212 ;;;;;;  0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9214  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9215
9216 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9217 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9218
9219 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9220
9221 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9222 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9223 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9224
9225 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9226
9227 ;;;***
9228 \f
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9230 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9232  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9233
9234 ;;;***
9235 \f
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9237 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9239
9240 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9241 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9242 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9243
9244 \(fn)" t nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9249 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9251  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9252
9253 ;;;***
9254 \f
9255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9256 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9258  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9259
9260 ;;;***
9261 \f
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9263 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9265
9266 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9267 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9268 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9269
9270 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9271
9272 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9273 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9274 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9275 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9276 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9277
9278 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9279 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9280 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9281 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9282
9283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9284  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9289 ;;;;;;  "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709 26818 907104
9290 ;;;;;;  0))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9292  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9293
9294 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9295 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9296 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9297 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9298
9299 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9300
9301 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9302 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9303 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9304
9305 \(fn)" t nil)
9306
9307 ;;;***
9308 \f
9309 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9310 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9312  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9313
9314 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9315 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9316
9317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9318
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9322 ;;;;;;  ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9323 ;;;;;;  "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20834 39208 838628 0))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9325
9326 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9327 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9328
9329 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9330 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9331
9332 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9333 assertions in BODY.
9334
9335 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9336
9337 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9338 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9339 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9340
9341 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9342
9343 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9344
9345 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9346
9347 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9348 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9349
9350 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9351 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9352 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9353 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9354
9355 Returns the stats object.
9356
9357 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9360 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9361
9362 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9363 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9364 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9365 the tests).
9366
9367 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9368
9369 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9370 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9371
9372 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9373 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9374 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9375 and how to display message.
9376
9377 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9378
9379 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9380
9381 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9382 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9383
9384 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9385
9386 ;;;***
9387 \f
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9389 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9391
9392 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9393
9394 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9395 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9396
9397 \(fn)" t nil)
9398
9399 ;;;***
9400 \f
9401 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20893
9402 ;;;;;;  60586 188550 0))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9404
9405 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9406 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9407
9408 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9409
9410 \(fn)" nil nil)
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9415 ;;;;;;  "eshell/eshell.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9417
9418 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9419 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9420 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9421 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9422 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9423 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9424 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9425 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9426 buffer selected (or created).
9427
9428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9429
9430 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9431 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9432 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9433
9434 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9437 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9438 The result might be any Lisp object.
9439 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9440 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9441 corresponding to a successful execution.
9442
9443 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9444
9445 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9446
9447 ;;;***
9448 \f
9449 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9450 ;;;;;;  tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9451 ;;;;;;  pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9452 ;;;;;;  find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9453 ;;;;;;  visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9454 ;;;;;;  find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9455 ;;;;;;  tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9456 ;;;;;;  (20731 53823 676680 0))
9457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9458
9459 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9460 File name of tags table.
9461 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9462 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9463 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9464  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9465  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9466
9467 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9468 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9469 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9470 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9471
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9473
9474 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9475 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9476 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9477 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9480
9481 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9482
9483 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9484 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9485 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9486
9487 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9488
9489 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9490 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9491 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9492 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9493 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9494
9495 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9496
9497 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9498 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9499 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9500 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9501
9502 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9503
9504 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9505 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9506 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9507 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9508 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9509
9510 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9511
9512 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9513 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9514
9515 \(fn)" t nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9518 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9519 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9520 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9521
9522 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9523 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9524 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9525 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9526 file the tag was in.
9527
9528 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9531 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9532 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9533 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9534 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9535  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9536 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9537  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9538 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9539
9540 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9541
9542 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9543 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9544 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9545 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9546 without directory names.
9547
9548 \(fn)" nil nil)
9549  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9550   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9551       (progn
9552         (load "etags")
9553         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9554
9555 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9558 but does not select the buffer.
9559 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9560
9561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9564 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9565 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9566
9567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9568
9569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9570 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9572
9573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9574
9575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9581
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9587
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9589
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9593
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9595
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9598
9599 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9602 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9603 around or before point.
9604
9605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9609 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9610
9611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9612
9613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9614 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9616
9617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9618
9619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9620  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9621
9622 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9625 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9626 around or before point.
9627
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9643  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9644
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9648
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9653 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9654
9655 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9656
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9660
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9662
9663 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9664  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9665  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9666
9667 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9668 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9669
9670 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9671 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9672 where they were found.
9673
9674 \(fn)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9677 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9678
9679 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9680 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9681 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9682
9683 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9684  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9685
9686 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9687 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9688
9689 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9690
9691 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9692 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9693 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9694 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9695
9696 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9697 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9698 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9699 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9700 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9701
9702 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9703  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9704
9705 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9706 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9707 Stops when a match is found.
9708 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9709
9710 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9711 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9712 restricted to these files.
9713
9714 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9715
9716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9719 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9720 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9721 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9722 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9723 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9724 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9725 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9726
9727 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9728 produce the list of files to search.
9729
9730 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9731
9732 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9735 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9736 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9737 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9738 directory specification.
9739
9740 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9741
9742 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9743 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9744
9745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9748 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9749 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9750 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9751
9752 \(fn)" t nil)
9753
9754 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9755 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9756 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9757 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9758 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9759
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9761
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9765 ;;;;;;  ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9766 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9767 ;;;;;;  ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9768 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9769 ;;;;;;  ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9770 ;;;;;;  setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9771 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9773
9774 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9775
9776
9777 \(fn)" nil nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9780 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9781
9782 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9783 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9784
9785 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9786 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9787 primary language.
9788
9789 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9790 even if the buffer is read-only.
9791
9792 See also the descriptions of the variables
9793 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9794
9795 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9796
9797 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9798 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9799
9800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9802
9803 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9804 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9805 primary language.
9806
9807 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9808 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9809
9810 See also the descriptions of the variables
9811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9812
9813 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9816 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9817 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9818 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9823 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9824 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9825 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9826
9827 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9828 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9829 primary language.
9830
9831 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9832 buffer is read-only.
9833
9834 See also the descriptions of the variables
9835 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9836 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9837
9838 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9842
9843 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9844 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9845
9846 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9847 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9848 the primary language.
9849
9850 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9851 buffer is read-only.
9852
9853 See also the descriptions of the variables
9854 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9855 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9856
9857 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9860 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9861 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9862
9863 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9866 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9867
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9871 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9872
9873 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9874 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9875 be 1, 2, or 3.
9876
9877 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9878 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9879 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9880
9881 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9882
9883 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9884
9885 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9886 This function is deprecated.
9887
9888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9891 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9892
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9896 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9897
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9901 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9902
9903 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9904 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9905
9906 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9907 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9908
9909 \(fn)" nil nil)
9910
9911 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9912 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9913
9914 \(fn)" nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9917 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9918
9919 \(fn)" nil nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9922 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9923
9924 \(fn)" nil nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9927 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9928 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9929
9930 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9931
9932 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9933
9934
9935 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9936
9937 ;;;***
9938 \f
9939 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9940 ;;;;;;  eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9941 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9943
9944 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9945 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9946 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9947 server for future sessions.
9948
9949 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9952 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9953 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9954
9955 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9958 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9959 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9960
9961 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9962
9963 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9964 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9965 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9966 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9967 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9968 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9969 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9970 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9971 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9972 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9973 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9974 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9975
9976 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9977
9978 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9979 Display a form to query the directory server.
9980 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9981 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9982
9983 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9984
9985 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9986 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9987 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9988
9989 \(fn)" t nil)
9990
9991 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9992
9993 ;;;***
9994 \f
9995 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9996 ;;;;;;  eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9997 ;;;;;;  "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9999
10000 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10001 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10002
10003 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10004
10005 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10006 Display URL and make it clickable.
10007
10008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10009
10010 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10011 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10012
10013 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10016 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10017
10018 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10019
10020 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10021 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10022
10023 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10024
10025 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10026 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10027
10028 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10029
10030 ;;;***
10031 \f
10032 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10033 ;;;;;;  "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574 214287 0))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10035
10036 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10037 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10038 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10039
10040 \(fn)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10043 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10044
10045 \(fn)" t nil)
10046
10047 ;;;***
10048 \f
10049 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10050 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10052
10053 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10054 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10055
10056 \(fn)" t nil)
10057
10058 ;;;***
10059 \f
10060 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709
10061 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
10062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10063
10064 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10065 Create an empty ewoc.
10066
10067 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10068
10069 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10070 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10071 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10072 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10073 `insert-before-markers'.
10074
10075 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10076 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10077 respectively, of the ewoc.
10078
10079 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10080 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
10081 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10082
10083 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10084
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10088 ;;;;;;  executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10089 ;;;;;;  executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10090 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10092
10093 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10094 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10095 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10096
10097 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10098
10099 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10100 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10101 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10102 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10103 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10104
10105 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10106
10107 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10108 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10109 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10110 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10111 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10112 executable.
10113
10114 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10115
10116 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10117 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10118 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10119
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10121
10122 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10123 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10124 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10125 file modes.
10126
10127 \(fn)" nil nil)
10128
10129 ;;;***
10130 \f
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10132 ;;;;;;  expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10133 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10135
10136 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10137 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10138 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10139 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10140
10141 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10142
10143 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10144 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10145 to generate such functions.
10146
10147 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10148 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10149 beginning of the expanded text.
10150
10151 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10152 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10153 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10154 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10155
10156 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10157
10158 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10159
10160 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10161 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10162 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10163
10164 \(fn)" nil nil)
10165
10166 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10167 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10168 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10169
10170 \(fn)" t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10173 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10174 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10175
10176 \(fn)" t nil)
10177  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10178  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10179
10180 ;;;***
10181 \f
10182 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20886 939
10183 ;;;;;;  575794 0))
10184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10185
10186 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10187 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10188 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10189
10190 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10191 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10192 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10193
10194 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10195
10196 Key definitions:
10197 \\{f90-mode-map}
10198
10199 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10200
10201 `f90-do-indent'
10202   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10203 `f90-if-indent'
10204   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10205 `f90-type-indent'
10206   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10207 `f90-program-indent'
10208   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10209   (default 2).
10210 `f90-associate-indent'
10211   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10212 `f90-critical-indent'
10213   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10214 `f90-continuation-indent'
10215   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10216 `f90-comment-region'
10217   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10218   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10219 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10220   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10221   (default \"!\").
10222 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10223   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10224   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10225 `f90-break-delimiters'
10226   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10227   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10228 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10229   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10230   (default t).
10231 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10232   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10233 `f90-smart-end'
10234   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10235   Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10236   whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10237 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10238   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10239   The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10240 `f90-leave-line-no'
10241   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10242
10243 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10244 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10245
10246 \(fn)" t nil)
10247
10248 ;;;***
10249 \f
10250 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10251 ;;;;;;  buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10252 ;;;;;;  text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10253 ;;;;;;  face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20841
10254 ;;;;;;  12463 538770 0))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10256
10257 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10258 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10259 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10260 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10261
10262 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10263 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10264 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10265 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10266 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10267
10268 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10269 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10270 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10271 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10272 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10273 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10274 attributes.
10275
10276 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10277 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10278
10279 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10280
10281 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10282 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10283 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10284 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10285
10286 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10289 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10290 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10291 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10292
10293 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10294 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10295 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10296
10297 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10298 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10299 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10300 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10301
10302 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10305 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10306 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10307
10308 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10309 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10310 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10311 the same amount).
10312
10313 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10316 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10317 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10318
10319 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10320 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10321 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10322 will remove any scaling currently active.
10323
10324 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10327 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10328 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10329
10330 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10331  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10332  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10333  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10334  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10335
10336 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10337 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10338
10339 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10340
10341 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10342 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10343
10344    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10345    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10346    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10347
10348 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10349 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10350 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10351
10352 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10353
10354 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10355 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10356 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10357 will remove any scaling currently active.
10358
10359 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10360 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10361 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10362 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10363 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10364
10365 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10368 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10370 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10371 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10372 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10373
10374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10377 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10378 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10379 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10380 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10381 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10382 `buffer-face-mode'.
10383
10384 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10385 local, and sets it to FACE.
10386
10387 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10388
10389 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10390 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10391 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10392 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10393 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10394 `face' text property.
10395
10396 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10397 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10398 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10399 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10400
10401 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10402 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10403
10404 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10405
10406 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10407 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10408 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10409 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10410
10411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10412
10413 ;;;***
10414 \f
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10416 ;;;;;;  feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10417 ;;;;;;  feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20891 18859
10418 ;;;;;;  893295 0))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10420
10421 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10422 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10423 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10424 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10425
10426 \(fn)" nil nil)
10427
10428 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10429 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10430
10431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10434 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10435 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10436 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10437
10438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10439
10440 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10441 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10442 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10443 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10444 backup file names and the like).
10445
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10449 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10450 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10451 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10452 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10453 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10454 internally by feedmail):
10455
10456    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10457    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10458    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10459    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10460
10461 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10462 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10463 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10464 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10465 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10466
10467 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10468
10469 ;;;***
10470 \f
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10472 ;;;;;;  ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10473 ;;;;;;  "ffap.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10475
10476 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10477 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10478 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10479 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10480 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10481 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10482 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10483
10484 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10487 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10488 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10489 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10490 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10491 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10492 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10493
10494 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10495
10496 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10497
10498 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10499 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10500 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10501 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10502 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10503 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10504
10505 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10508 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10509 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10510 Return value:
10511   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10512   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10513   * otherwise, nil
10514
10515 \(fn E)" t nil)
10516
10517 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10518 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10519 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10520
10521 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10524 Try to get a file name at point.
10525 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10526
10527 \(fn)" nil nil)
10528
10529 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10530 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10531
10532 \(fn)" t nil)
10533
10534 ;;;***
10535 \f
10536 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10537 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10538 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10539 ;;;;;;  "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10540 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10541
10542 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10543 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10544 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10545 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10546
10547 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10550 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10551 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10552 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10553 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10554 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10555
10556 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10557
10558 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10559 Add FILE to the file cache.
10560
10561 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10562
10563 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10564 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10565 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10566
10567 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10568
10569 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10570 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10571 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10572
10573 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10576 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10577 This function does not use any external programs.
10578 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10579 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10580 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10581
10582 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583
10584 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10585 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10586 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10587 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10588 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10589 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10590 \(directories) is done.
10591
10592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10593
10594 ;;;***
10595 \f
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10597 ;;;;;;  copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10598 ;;;;;;  add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10599 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10600 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20709 26818
10601 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10603
10604 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10605 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10606
10607 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10608 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10609 Local Variables list.
10610
10611 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10612 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10613 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10614
10615 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10618 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10619
10620 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10621
10622 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10623 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10624
10625 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10626 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10627 the -*- line.
10628
10629 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10630 then this function adds it.
10631
10632 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10635 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10636
10637 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10638
10639 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10640 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10641
10642 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10645 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10646
10647 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10648
10649 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10650 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10651
10652 \(fn)" t nil)
10653
10654 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10655 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10656
10657 \(fn)" t nil)
10658
10659 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10660 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10661
10662 \(fn)" t nil)
10663
10664 ;;;***
10665 \f
10666 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20791
10667 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10669
10670 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10671 Filesets initialization.
10672 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10673
10674 \(fn)" nil nil)
10675
10676 ;;;***
10677 \f
10678 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818
10679 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10681
10682 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10683 Initiate the building of a find command.
10684 For example:
10685
10686 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10687           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10688                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10689                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10690
10691 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10692 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10693
10694 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10695
10696 ;;;***
10697 \f
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10699 ;;;;;;  "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10701
10702 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10703 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10704 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10705
10706     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10707
10708 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10709 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10710
10711 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10714 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10715 and run dired on those files.
10716 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10717 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10718
10719     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10720
10721 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10722
10723 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10724 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10725 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10726
10727   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10728     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10729
10730 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10731 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10732
10733 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10734
10735 ;;;***
10736 \f
10737 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10738 ;;;;;;  ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10739 ;;;;;;  "find-file" "find-file.el" (20872 54440 171355 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10741
10742 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10743 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10744 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10745 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10746 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10747 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10748 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10749
10750 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10751
10752 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10753 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10754 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10755
10756 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10757
10758 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10759
10760 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10761
10762 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10763 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10764 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10765
10766 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10767 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10768
10769 Variables of interest include:
10770
10771  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10772    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10773    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10774
10775  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10776    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10777    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10778
10779  - `ff-ignore-include'
10780    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10781
10782  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10783    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10784
10785  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10786    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10787
10788  - `ff-special-constructs'
10789    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10790    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10791    extracting the filename from that construct.
10792
10793  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10794    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10795
10796  - `ff-search-directories'
10797    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10798    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10799
10800  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10801    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10802
10803  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10804    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10805
10806  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10807    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10808
10809  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10810    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10811
10812  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10813    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10814
10815 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10816
10817 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10818 Visit the file you click on.
10819
10820 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10821
10822 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10823 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10824
10825 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10826
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10830 ;;;;;;  find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10831 ;;;;;;  find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10832 ;;;;;;  find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10833 ;;;;;;  find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10834 ;;;;;;  find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10835 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10837
10838 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10839 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10840 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10841
10842 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10845 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10846 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10847 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10848
10849 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10850 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10851 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10852 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10853
10854 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10857 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10858
10859 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10860 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10861 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10862 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10863
10864 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10865 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10866 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10867
10868 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10869 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10870 in `load-path'.
10871
10872 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10875 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10876
10877 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10878 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10879 places point before the definition.
10880 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10881
10882 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10883 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10884 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10885
10886 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10887
10888 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10889 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10890
10891 See `find-function' for more details.
10892
10893 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10896 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10897
10898 See `find-function' for more details.
10899
10900 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10901
10902 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10903 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10904
10905 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10906 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10907 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10908
10909 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10910 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10911
10912 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10913
10914 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10915 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10916
10917 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10918 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10919 places point before the definition.
10920
10921 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10922
10923 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10924 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10925 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10926
10927 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10928
10929 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10930 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10931
10932 See `find-variable' for more details.
10933
10934 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10937 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10938
10939 See `find-variable' for more details.
10940
10941 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10942
10943 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10944 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10945 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10946 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10947 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10948 buffer nor display it.
10949
10950 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10951 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10952
10953 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10954
10955 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10956 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10957
10958 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10959 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10960 places point before the definition.
10961
10962 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10963
10964 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10965 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10966 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10967
10968 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10971 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10972 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10973
10974 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10975
10976 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10977 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10978
10979 \(fn)" t nil)
10980
10981 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10982 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10983
10984 \(fn)" t nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10987 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10988
10989 \(fn)" nil nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10994 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818
10995 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10997
10998 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10999 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11000
11001 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11002
11003 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11004 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11005
11006 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11007
11008 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11009 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11010
11011 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11012
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11016 ;;;;;;  "finder" "finder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11018
11019 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11020 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11021
11022 \(fn)" t nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11025 Display FILE's commentary section.
11026 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11027
11028 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11029
11030 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11031 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11032
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11034
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11038 ;;;;;;  "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11040
11041 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11042 Toggle flow control handling.
11043 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11044 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11045
11046 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11049 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11050 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11051 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
11052 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11053 to get the effect of a C-q.
11054
11055 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11056
11057 ;;;***
11058 \f
11059 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11060 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11062
11063 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11064
11065
11066 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11067
11068 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11069
11070
11071 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11072
11073 ;;;***
11074 \f
11075 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11076 ;;;;;;  flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20896 36774
11077 ;;;;;;  886399 0))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11079
11080 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11081 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11083 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11084 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11085
11086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11087
11088 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11089 Turn flymake mode on.
11090
11091 \(fn)" nil nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11094 Turn flymake mode off.
11095
11096 \(fn)" nil nil)
11097
11098 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11099
11100
11101 \(fn)" nil nil)
11102
11103 ;;;***
11104 \f
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11106 ;;;;;;  turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11107 ;;;;;;  "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240 240216 0))
11108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11109
11110 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11111 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11112
11113 \(fn)" t nil)
11114 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11115
11116 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11117 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11119 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11121
11122 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
11123 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
11124 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11125
11126 Bindings:
11127 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11128 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11129 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11130 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11131
11132 Hooks:
11133 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11134
11135 Remark:
11136 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11137 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11138 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11139
11140 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11141 consider adding:
11142 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11143 in your init file.
11144
11145 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11146 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11147
11148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11151 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11152
11153 \(fn)" nil nil)
11154
11155 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11156 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11157
11158 \(fn)" nil nil)
11159
11160 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11161 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11162
11163 \(fn)" nil nil)
11164
11165 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11166 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11167
11168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11169
11170 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11171 Flyspell whole buffer.
11172
11173 \(fn)" t nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11178 ;;;;;;  turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11179 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11181
11182 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11183 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11184
11185 \(fn)" nil nil)
11186
11187 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11188 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11189
11190 \(fn)" nil nil)
11191
11192 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11193 Toggle Follow mode.
11194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11195 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11196 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11197
11198 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11199 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11200
11201 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11202   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11203   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11204
11205 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11206   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11207   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11208   movement commands.
11209
11210 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11211 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11212 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11213 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11214 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11215 mileage may vary).
11216
11217 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11218 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11219
11220 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11221
11222 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11223
11224 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11225 \\{follow-mode-map}
11226
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11228
11229 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11230 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11231
11232 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11233 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11234 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11235 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11236 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11237 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11238
11239 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11240 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11241 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11242
11243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11244
11245 ;;;***
11246 \f
11247 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709
11248 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11250
11251 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11252 Toggle Footnote mode.
11253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11254 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11255 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11256
11257 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11258 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11259 play around with the following keys:
11260 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11261
11262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11263
11264 ;;;***
11265 \f
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11267 ;;;;;;  "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11269
11270 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11271 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11272
11273 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11274  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11275  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11276  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11277  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11278  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11279  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11280  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11281  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11282  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11283  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11284  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11285  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11286  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11287  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11288
11289 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11290
11291 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11292 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11293
11294 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11295
11296 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11297 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11298
11299 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11300
11301 ;;;***
11302 \f
11303 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11304 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11306
11307 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11308 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11309 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11310
11311 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11312 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11313
11314 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11315
11316 Key definitions:
11317 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11318
11319 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11320
11321 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11322   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11323 `fortran-do-indent'
11324   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11325 `fortran-if-indent'
11326   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11327 `fortran-structure-indent'
11328   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11329   (default 3)
11330 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11331   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11332 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11333   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11334 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11335   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11336   nil       don't change the indentation
11337   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11338               value of either
11339                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11340                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11341               depending on the continuation format in use.
11342   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11343               indentation for a line of code.
11344   (default 'fixed)
11345 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11346   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11347   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11348 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11349   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11350 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11351   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11352 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11353   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11354   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11355   column 5.
11356 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11357   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11358   statements (default nil).
11359 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11360   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11361   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11362 `fortran-continuation-string'
11363   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11364   line (default \"$\").
11365 `fortran-comment-region'
11366   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11367   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11368 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11369   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11370   as typed (default t).
11371 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11372   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11373
11374 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11375 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11376
11377 \(fn)" t nil)
11378
11379 ;;;***
11380 \f
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11382 ;;;;;;  fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517
11383 ;;;;;;  595445 191000))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11385
11386 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11387 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11388
11389 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11390 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11391
11392 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11395 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11396
11397 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11398 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11399
11400 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11401
11402 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11403 Compile fortune file.
11404
11405 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11406 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11407
11408 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11411 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11412
11413 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11414 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11415 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11416 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11417
11418 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11419
11420 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11421 Display a fortune cookie.
11422 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11423 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11424 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11425 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11426
11427 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11428
11429 ;;;***
11430 \f
11431 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11432 ;;;;;;  (20903 57728 956434 133000))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11434
11435 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11436 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11437 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11438
11439 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11440
11441 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11442 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11443 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11444 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11445 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11446 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11447 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11448
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11450
11451 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11452 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11453 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11454 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11455
11456 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11457 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11458 executable followed by command line options.  The command line
11459 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11460 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11461
11462 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11463 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11464 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11465 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11466
11467 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11468 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11469 shown in some of the buffers.
11470
11471 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11472
11473 The following commands help control operation :
11474
11475 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11476 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11477
11478 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11479 detailed description of this mode.
11480
11481
11482 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11483 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11484 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11485 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11486 |                                   |                                  |
11487 |                                   |                                  |
11488 |                                   |                                  |
11489 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11490 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11491 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11492 |                                   |                                  |
11493 |                                   |                                  |
11494 |                                   |                                  |
11495 |                                   |                                  |
11496 |                                   |                                  |
11497 |                                   |                                  |
11498 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11499 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11500 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11501 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11502 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11503 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11504
11505 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11510 ;;;;;;  define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20709
11511 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11513
11514 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11515 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11516 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11517 instead (which see).")
11518
11519 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11520 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11521
11522 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11523 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11524 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11525 documentation string instead.
11526
11527 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11528 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11529 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11530 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11531 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11532 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11533 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11534 enders are actually possible.
11535
11536 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11537 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11538
11539 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11540 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11541 `font-lock-keywords'.
11542
11543 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11544 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11545 runs the macro expansion.
11546
11547 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11548 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11549 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11550
11551 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11552
11553 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11554
11555 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11556
11557 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11558
11559 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11560 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11561
11562 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11563
11564 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11565 Enter generic mode MODE.
11566
11567 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11568 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11569 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11570
11571 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11572 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11573
11574 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11575
11576 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11577 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11578 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11579 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11580 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11581 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11582 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11583 `font-lock-keywords'.
11584
11585 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11586
11587 ;;;***
11588 \f
11589 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11590 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11592
11593 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11594 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11596 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11597 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11598 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11599
11600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11601
11602 ;;;***
11603 \f
11604 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11605 ;;;;;;  gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11606 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11608
11609 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11610 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11611 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11612
11613 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11614
11615 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11616 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11617
11618 Guideline for numbers:
11619 1 - error messages
11620 3 - non-serious error messages
11621 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11622 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11623 9 - messages inside loops.
11624
11625 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11626
11627 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11628 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11629 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11630
11631 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11632
11633 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11634 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11635
11636 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11637
11638 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11639 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11640
11641 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11642 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11643 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11644 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11645 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11646 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11647
11648 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11649 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11650 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11651 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11652 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11653
11654 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11655
11656 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11657
11658 ;;;***
11659 \f
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11661 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20901 54695
11662 ;;;;;;  989166 0))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11664 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11665  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11666
11667 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11668 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11669
11670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11671
11672 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11673 Read network news.
11674 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11675 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11676 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11677 name of an NNTP server to use.
11678 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11679 server.
11680
11681 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11682
11683 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11684 Read news as a slave.
11685
11686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11687
11688 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11689 Pop up a frame to read news.
11690 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11691 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11692 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11693 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11694 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11695 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11696 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11697 current display is used.
11698
11699 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11700
11701 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11702 Read network news.
11703 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11704 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11705 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11706
11707 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11708
11709 ;;;***
11710 \f
11711 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11712 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11713 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11714 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11715 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11716 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Start Gnus unplugged.
11721
11722 \(fn)" t nil)
11723
11724 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11725 Start Gnus plugged.
11726
11727 \(fn)" t nil)
11728
11729 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11730 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11731
11732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11733
11734 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11735 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11736
11737 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11738 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11739 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11740
11741 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11742 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11743 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11744
11745 \(fn)" t nil)
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11748 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11749
11750 \(fn)" nil nil)
11751
11752 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11753 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11754 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11755 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11756 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11757 supported.
11758
11759 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11762 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11763 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11764 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11765 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11766 supported.
11767
11768 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11769
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11772
11773 \(fn)" nil nil)
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11776 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11777 downloaded into the agent.
11778
11779 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11782 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11783 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11784 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11785
11786 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11787
11788 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11789 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11790
11791 \(fn)" t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11794 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11795
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11800 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11801
11802 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11803
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11807 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 176325 548000))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11811 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11812
11813 \(fn)" nil nil)
11814
11815 ;;;***
11816 \f
11817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11818 ;;;;;;  "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
11819 ;;;;;;  0))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11821
11822 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11823 Set a bookmark for this article.
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11828 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11829
11830 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11833 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11834 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11835 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11836 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11837
11838 \(fn)" t nil)
11839
11840 ;;;***
11841 \f
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11843 ;;;;;;  gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11844 ;;;;;;  gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709
11845 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11847
11848 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11849 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11850
11851 Usage:
11852 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11853
11854 \(fn)" t nil)
11855
11856 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11857 Generate the cache active file.
11858
11859 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11862 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11863
11864 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11867 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11868 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11869 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
11870 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11871 supported.
11872
11873 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11876 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11877 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11878 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11879 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11880 supported.
11881
11882 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11883
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11887 ;;;;;;  "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11891 Delay this article by some time.
11892 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
11893
11894 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11895   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11896
11897 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
11898   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11899
11900 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
11901   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11902
11903 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11906 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11907
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11911 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11912 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11913 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11914
11915 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11916 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11917
11918 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11919
11920 ;;;***
11921 \f
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11923 ;;;;;;  "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11925
11926 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11927
11928
11929 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11930
11931 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11932
11933
11934 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11935
11936 ;;;***
11937 \f
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11939 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11941
11942 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11943 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11944
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11946
11947 ;;;***
11948 \f
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11950 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11952
11953 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11954 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11955
11956 \(fn)" t nil)
11957
11958 ;;;***
11959 \f
11960 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11961 ;;;;;;  gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11962 ;;;;;;  gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709
11963 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11967 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11968
11969 \(fn)" t nil)
11970
11971 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11972 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11973
11974 \(fn)" t nil)
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11977 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11978
11979 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11980 different input formats.
11981
11982 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11985 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11986
11987 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11988 different input formats.
11989
11990 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11991
11992 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11993 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11994 The PNG is returned as a string.
11995
11996 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Convert FILE to a Face.
12000 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12001 726 bytes.
12002
12003 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12004
12005 ;;;***
12006 \f
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12008 ;;;;;;  "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874 65006 176325
12009 ;;;;;;  548000))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12013 Display gravatar in the From header.
12014 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12015
12016 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12019 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12020 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12021
12022 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12023
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12027 ;;;;;;  "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12031 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12032 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12033 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12034
12035 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12038 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12039
12040 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12041
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12045 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20874 65006 672942 217000))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12049
12050
12051 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12054
12055
12056 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12057
12058 ;;;***
12059 \f
12060 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12061 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12063
12064 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12067 Run batched scoring.
12068 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12069
12070 \(fn)" t nil)
12071
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12075 ;;;;;;  turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12076 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12078
12079 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12080
12081
12082 \(fn)" nil nil)
12083
12084 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12085 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12086 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12087
12088 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12089
12090 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12091 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12092
12093 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12094
12095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12100 ;;;;;;  gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12101 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12103
12104 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12105 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12106 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12107 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12108 group parameters.
12109
12110 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12111 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12112 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12113 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12114
12115 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12116 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12117 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12118 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12119 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12120 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12121 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12122 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12123 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12124 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12125
12126 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12127
12128 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12129 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12130 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12131 nil CATCH-ALL).
12132
12133 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12134 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12135
12136 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12139 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12140 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12141
12142 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12143
12144 \(fn)" nil nil)
12145
12146 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12147 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12148 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12149
12150 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12151
12152 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12153 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12154 existing groups are considered.
12155
12156 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12157 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12158 returned.
12159
12160 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12161 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12162 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12163 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12164 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12165 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12166 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12167 clauses will be generated.
12168
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12170 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12171 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12172 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12173 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12174 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12175
12176 For example, given the following group parameters:
12177
12178 nnml:mail.bar:
12179 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12180  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12181 nnml:mail.foo:
12182 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12183  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12184  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12185  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12186 nnml:mail.others:
12187 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12188
12189 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12190
12191 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12192            \"mail.bar\")
12193       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12194            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12195    \"mail.others\")
12196
12197 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12202 ;;;;;;  "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20858 21542 723007 0))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12204
12205 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12206 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12207 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12208 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12209 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12210 instead.
12211
12212 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12213
12214 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12215 Mail to ADDRESS.
12216
12217 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12220 Like `message-reply'.
12221
12222 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12223
12224 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12225
12226 ;;;***
12227 \f
12228 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12229 ;;;;;;  (20886 939 575794 0))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12231
12232 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12233 Send a notification on new message.
12234 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12235 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12236 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12237
12238 This is typically a function to add in
12239 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12240
12241 \(fn)" nil nil)
12242
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12246 ;;;;;;  gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12247 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 672942 217000))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12249
12250 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12251 Display picons in the From header.
12252 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12253
12254 \(fn)" t nil)
12255
12256 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12257 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12258 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12259
12260 \(fn)" t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12263 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12264 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12265
12266 \(fn)" t nil)
12267
12268 ;;;***
12269 \f
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12271 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12272 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12273 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12274 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12276
12277 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12278 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12279 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12280 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12281
12282 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12285 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12286 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12287 LIST1 is modified.
12288
12289 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12292 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12293 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12294
12295 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12298
12299
12300 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12301
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12303 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12304 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12305
12306 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12307
12308 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12309 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12310 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12311
12312 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12313
12314 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12318 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12319
12320 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12323 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12324 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12325
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12329 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12330 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12331
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12335 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12336
12337 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12338
12339 ;;;***
12340 \f
12341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12342 ;;;;;;  "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20779 18487 859617
12343 ;;;;;;  0))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12345
12346 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12347 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12348
12349 \(fn)" t nil)
12350
12351 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12352 Install the registry hooks.
12353
12354 \(fn)" t nil)
12355
12356 ;;;***
12357 \f
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12359 ;;;;;;  gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709
12360 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
12361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12362
12363 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12364 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12365 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12366 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12367 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12368 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12369
12370 \(fn)" t nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12373 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12374 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12375 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12376 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12377
12378 \(fn)" t nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12381
12382
12383 \(fn)" t nil)
12384
12385 ;;;***
12386 \f
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12388 ;;;;;;  (20893 60586 188550 0))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12392 Update the format specification near point.
12393
12394 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12395
12396 ;;;***
12397 \f
12398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12399 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12401
12402 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12403 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12404
12405 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12406
12407 ;;;***
12408 \f
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12410 ;;;;;;  (20901 54695 989166 0))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12412
12413 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12414 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12415 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12416
12417 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12418
12419 ;;;***
12420 \f
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12422 ;;;;;;  "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12424
12425 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12426 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12427
12428 \(fn)" t nil)
12429
12430 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12431 Install the sync hooks.
12432
12433 \(fn)" t nil)
12434
12435 ;;;***
12436 \f
12437 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12438 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12440
12441 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12442 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12443
12444 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12445
12446 ;;;***
12447 \f
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12449 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12451
12452 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12453 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12454 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12455 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12456 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12457 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12458
12459 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12460
12461 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818
12466 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12468
12469 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12470 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12471
12472 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12473 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12474 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12475
12476 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12477 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12478 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12479
12480 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12481 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12482
12483 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12484 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12485
12486 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12487
12488 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12489
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12493 ;;;;;;  goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766
12494 ;;;;;;  6456 368550 0))
12495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12496
12497 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12498
12499 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12500 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12501 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12502 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12503 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12504
12505 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12506
12507 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12508 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12509 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12510 or to send e-mail.
12511 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12512 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12513
12514 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12515 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12516
12517 \(fn)" t nil)
12518 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12519
12520 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12521 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12523 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12524 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12525
12526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12527
12528 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12529 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12530
12531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12532
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12536 ;;;;;;  "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12538
12539 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12540 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12541 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12542
12543 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12544
12545 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12546 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12547
12548 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12553 ;;;;;;  grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12554 ;;;;;;  grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774
12555 ;;;;;;  886399 0))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12557
12558 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12559 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12560
12561 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12562
12563 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12564 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12565 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12566 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12567 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12568
12569 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12570 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12571 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12572
12573 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12574
12575 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12576 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12577 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12578 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12579 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12580
12581 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12582
12583 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12584 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12585
12586 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12587
12588 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12589 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12590
12591 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12592 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12593 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12594
12595 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12596 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12597 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12598
12599 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12600 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12601 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12602 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12603
12604 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12605 How to invoke find and grep.
12606 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12607 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12608 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12609 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12610
12611 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12612
12613 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12614 History list for grep.")
12615
12616 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12617 History list for grep-find.")
12618
12619 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12620 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12621 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12622
12623 \(fn)" nil nil)
12624
12625 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12626
12627
12628 \(fn)" nil nil)
12629
12630 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12631 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12632
12633 \(fn)" nil nil)
12634
12635 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12636 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12637 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12638 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12639 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12640
12641 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12642 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12643
12644 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12645 can easily repeat a grep command.
12646
12647 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12648 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12649 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12650 list is empty).
12651
12652 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12653
12654 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12655 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12656 Collect output in a buffer.
12657 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12658 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12659
12660 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12661 easily repeat a find command.
12662
12663 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12664
12665 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12666
12667 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12668 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12669 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12670 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12671 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12672
12673 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12674 before it is executed.
12675 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12676
12677 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12678 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12679 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12680
12681 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12682
12683 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12684
12685 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12686 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12687 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12688 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12689 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12690
12691 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12692 before it is executed.
12693 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12694
12695 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12696 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12697 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12698 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12699
12700 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12701
12702 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12703 to specify a command to run.
12704
12705 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12706
12707 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12708 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12709 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12710 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12711
12712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12713
12714 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12715
12716 ;;;***
12717 \f
12718 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104
12719 ;;;;;;  0))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12721
12722 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12723 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12724 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12725 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12726 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12727
12728 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12729
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12733 ;;;;;;  xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20895 15912
12734 ;;;;;;  444844 0))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12736
12737 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12738 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12739 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12740 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12741
12742 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12745 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12746 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12747 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748
12749 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750
12751 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12752 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12753 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12754 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755
12756 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12759 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12760 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12761 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12762
12763 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12764 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12765
12766 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767
12768 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12769 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12770 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12771 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12772
12773 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774
12775 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12776 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12777 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12778 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12779
12780 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781
12782 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12783 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12784 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12785 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12786 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12787
12788 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12789 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12790 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12791 original source file access method.
12792
12793 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12794 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12795
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12799 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12800
12801 \(fn)" t nil)
12802
12803 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12804 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12805 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12808 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12809
12810 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12811
12812 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12813 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12815 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12816 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12817
12818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12819
12820 ;;;***
12821 \f
12822 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12823 ;;;;;;  gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12824 ;;;;;;  "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12826
12827 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12828 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12829 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12830 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12831 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12832 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12833 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12834 set it to.
12835 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12836
12837 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12838
12839 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12840 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12841 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12842 of PLACE.
12843 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12844 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12845 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12846 and SETTER.
12847 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12848 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12849
12850 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12851
12852 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12853
12854 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12855 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12856 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12857 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12858 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12859
12860 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12861
12862 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12863
12864 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12865
12866
12867 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12868
12869 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12870
12871 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12872
12873 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12874 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12875 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12876 well for simple place forms.
12877 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12878 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12879 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12880 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12881 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12882 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
12883   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12884
12885 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12886
12887 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12888
12889 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12890 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12891 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12892 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12893 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12894
12895 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12896 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12897   (let ((temp VAL))
12898     (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12899     temp)
12900 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12901
12902 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12903
12904 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12905 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12906 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12907 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12908 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12909 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12910
12911 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12912
12913 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12914
12915 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12916 Return a reference to PLACE.
12917 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12918
12919 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12920
12921 ;;;***
12922 \f
12923 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791
12924 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
12925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12926
12927 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12928 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12929 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12930 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12931
12932 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
12933            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
12934            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
12935            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12936
12937 \(fn)" t nil)
12938
12939 ;;;***
12940 \f
12941 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12942 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12944
12945 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12946 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
12947
12948 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12949
12950 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12951 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12952 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12953 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12954
12955 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12956
12957 \(fn)" t nil)
12958
12959 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12960 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12961 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
12962 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12963 to be updated.
12964
12965 \(fn)" t nil)
12966
12967 ;;;***
12968 \f
12969 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12970 ;;;;;;  hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12971 ;;;;;;  "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12973
12974 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12975 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12976
12977 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12978
12979 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12980 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12981 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
12982
12983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12984
12985 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12986 Verify a hashcash payment
12987
12988 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12989
12990 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12991 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12992 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12993 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
12994 `mail-add-payment-async').
12995
12996 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12997
12998 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12999 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13000 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13001 Calculation is asynchronous.
13002
13003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13004
13005 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13006 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13007 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13008
13009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13010
13011 ;;;***
13012 \f
13013 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13014 ;;;;;;  scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13015 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13016 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818
13017 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13019
13020 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Return the help-echo string at point.
13022 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13023 property, or nil, is returned.
13024 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13025 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13026 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13027
13028 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13031 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13032 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13033 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13034 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13035
13036 \(fn)" nil nil)
13037
13038 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13039 Display local help in the echo area.
13040 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13041 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13042 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13043 printed instead.
13044
13045 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13046 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13047 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13048
13049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13050
13051 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13052 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13053 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13054
13055 \(fn)" t nil)
13056
13057 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13058 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13059 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13060
13061 \(fn)" t nil)
13062
13063 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13064 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13065 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13066 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13067 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13068 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13069 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13070 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13071 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13072 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13073 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13074
13075 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13076 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13077 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13078 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13079 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13080
13081 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13082 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13083 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13084 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13085 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13086 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13087 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13088 The default is `never'.")
13089
13090 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13091
13092 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13093 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13094 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13095 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13096 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13097 considered different regions.
13098
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13101 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13103 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13104 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13105 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13106 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13107 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13108
13109 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13110
13111 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13112 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13113 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13114 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13115 different regions.
13116
13117 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13118 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13119 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13120 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13121 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13122 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13123 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13124 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13125
13126 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13127 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13128 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13129 rarely happens in practice.
13130
13131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13132
13133 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13134 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13135 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13136 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13137 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13138 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13139
13140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13141
13142 ;;;***
13143 \f
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13145 ;;;;;;  describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13146 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13147 ;;;;;;  "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
13148 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13149
13150 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13151 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13152
13153 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13156 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13157 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13158
13159 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13160
13161 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13162 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13163 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13164   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13165 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13166 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13167 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13168  search for a function definition.
13169
13170 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13171 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13172 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13173 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13174 suitable file is found, return nil.
13175
13176 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13179
13180
13181 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13182
13183 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13184 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13185 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13186 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13187
13188 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13189
13190 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13191 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13192 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13193 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13194 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13195 it is displayed along with the global value.
13196
13197 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13200 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13201 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13202 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13203
13204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13205
13206 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13207 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13208 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13209 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13210 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13211
13212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13215 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13216
13217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13218
13219 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13220 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13221
13222 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13223
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13227 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13228 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13229
13230 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13231 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13232 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13233 window listing and describing the options.
13234 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13235 gives the window that lists the options.")
13236
13237 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13238
13239 ;;;***
13240 \f
13241 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13242 ;;;;;;  help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13243 ;;;;;;  help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13244 ;;;;;;  (20721 17977 14204 0))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13246
13247 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13248 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13249 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13250 Commands:
13251 \\{help-mode-map}
13252
13253 \(fn)" t nil)
13254
13255 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13256
13257
13258 \(fn)" nil nil)
13259
13260 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13261
13262
13263 \(fn)" nil nil)
13264
13265 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13266 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13267
13268 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13269 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13270 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13271 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13272
13273 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13274 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13275 restore it properly when going back.
13276
13277 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13280 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13281 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13282 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13283 from `help-mode'.
13284 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13285 it does not already exist.
13286
13287 \(fn)" nil nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13290 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13291
13292 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13293 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13294 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13295 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13296 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13297 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13298 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13299 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13300
13301 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13302 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13303 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13304 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13305
13306 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13307 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13308 that.
13309
13310 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13311
13312 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13313 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13314 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13315 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13316 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13317 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13318
13319 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13320
13321 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13322 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13323 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13324 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13325 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13326
13327 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13330 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13331
13332 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13333
13334 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13335 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13336 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13337 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13338
13339 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13340
13341 ;;;***
13342 \f
13343 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13344 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13346
13347 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13348 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13349
13350 \(fn)" t nil)
13351
13352 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13353 Provide help for current mode.
13354
13355 \(fn)" t nil)
13356
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13360 ;;;;;;  "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13362
13363 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13364 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13365 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13366 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13367 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13368
13369 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13370 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13371
13372 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13373 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13374 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13375 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13376
13377 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13378 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13379 periods.
13380
13381 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13382 in hexl format.
13383
13384 A sample format:
13385
13386   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13387   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13388   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13389   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13390   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13391   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13392   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13393   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13394   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13395   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13396   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13397   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13398   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13399   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13400   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13401
13402 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.  Most
13403 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13404 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13405
13406 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13407 also supported.
13408
13409 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13410
13411 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13412 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13413 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13414
13415 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13416 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13417 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13418
13419 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13420 into the buffer at the current point.
13421
13422 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13423 into the buffer at the current point.
13424
13425 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13426 into the buffer at the current point.
13427
13428 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13429
13430 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13431 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13432
13433 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13434
13435 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13436
13437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13438
13439 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13440 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13441 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13442 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13443
13444 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13445
13446 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13447 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13448 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13449
13450 \(fn)" t nil)
13451
13452 ;;;***
13453 \f
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13455 ;;;;;;  hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13456 ;;;;;;  global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13457 ;;;;;;  (20825 24233 991089 0))
13458 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13459
13460 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13461 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13463 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13464 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13465
13466 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13467 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13468 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13469 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13470
13471 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13472 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13473 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13474 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13475
13476 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13477 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13478 which can be called interactively, are:
13479
13480 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13481   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13482
13483 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13484   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13485   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13486   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13487
13488 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13489   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13490
13491 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13492   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13493
13494 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13495   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13496   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13497   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13498   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13499   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13500   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13501   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13502   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13503   function returns t.
13504
13505 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13506   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13507
13508 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13509 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13510 form:
13511   Hi-lock: FOO
13512
13513 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13514 position (number of characters into buffer)
13515 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13516 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13517 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13518
13519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13520
13521 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13522 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13523 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13526 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13527
13528 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13529
13530 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13531 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13532 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13533 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13534 ARG is omitted or nil.
13535
13536 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13537 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13538 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13539
13540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13541
13542 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13543
13544 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13545 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13546 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13547 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13548 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13549
13550 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13551 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13552 highlighting will not update as you type.
13553
13554 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13555
13556 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13557
13558 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13559 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13560 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13561 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13562 value(s) REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13563
13564 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13565 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13566 highlighting will not update as you type.
13567
13568 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13569
13570 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13571
13572 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13573 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13574 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13575 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13576 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.  When
13577 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13578 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13579 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13580
13581 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13582 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13583 highlighting will not update as you type.
13584
13585 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13586
13587 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13588
13589 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13590 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13591 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13592 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13593 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13594 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13595
13596 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13597
13598 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13599 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13600
13601 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13602 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13603 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13604
13605 \(fn)" t nil)
13606
13607 ;;;***
13608 \f
13609 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13610 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13612
13613 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13614 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13615 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13616 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13617 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13618
13619 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13620 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13621 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13622 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13623
13624 `hide-ifdef-env'
13625         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13626         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13627         is used.
13628
13629 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13630         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13631         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13632         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13633         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13634
13635 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13636         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13637         #endif lines when hiding.
13638
13639 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13640         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13641         is activated.
13642
13643 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13644         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13645         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13646
13647 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13648
13649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13650
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13654 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13656
13657 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13658 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13659 Each element has the form
13660   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13661
13662 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13663 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13664
13665 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13666 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13667
13668 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13669 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13670 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13671 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13672 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13673 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13674
13675 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13676 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13677
13678 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13679 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13680
13681 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13682 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13683 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13684
13685 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13686 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13688 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13689 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13690
13691 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13692 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13693 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13694
13695 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13696 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13697 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13698
13699 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13700 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13701
13702 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13703
13704 Key bindings:
13705 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13706
13707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13708
13709 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13710 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13711
13712 \(fn)" nil nil)
13713
13714 ;;;***
13715 \f
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13717 ;;;;;;  highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13718 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13719 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13720 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709
13721 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13723
13724 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13725 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13727 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13729
13730 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13731 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13732 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13733 this on and off.
13734
13735 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13736 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13737 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13738 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13739 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13740 through various faces.
13741 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13742 buffer with the contents of a file
13743 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13744
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13746
13747 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13748 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13750 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13751 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13752
13753 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13754 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13755 in a distinctive face.
13756
13757 The default value can be customized with variable
13758 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13759
13760 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13761
13762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13763
13764 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13765 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13766 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13767
13768 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13771 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13772
13773 \(fn)" t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13776 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13777
13778 \(fn)" t nil)
13779
13780 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13781 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13782
13783 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13784 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13785 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13786 shown in the last face in the list.
13787
13788 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13789 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13790 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13791
13792   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13793
13794 \(fn)" t nil)
13795
13796 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13797 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13798
13799 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13800
13801 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13802 to save the file.
13803
13804 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13805 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13806
13807 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13808 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13809 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13810
13811 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13814 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13815
13816 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13817 this function is called interactively.
13818
13819 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13820 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13821 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13822
13823 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13824 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13825 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13826
13827 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13828
13829 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13830 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13831 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13834 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13835
13836 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13837
13838 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13839 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13840 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13841 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13842 ARG is omitted or nil.
13843
13844 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13845 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13846 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13847
13848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13849
13850 ;;;***
13851 \f
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13853 ;;;;;;  "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13854 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13855
13856 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13857 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13858 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13859 or insert functions in this list.")
13860
13861 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13862
13863 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13864 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13865 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13866 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13867 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13868 expansions.
13869 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13870 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13871 undoes the expansion.
13872
13873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13876 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13877 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13878 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13879
13880 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13881
13882 ;;;***
13883 \f
13884 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13885 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13886 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13887
13888 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13889 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13891 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13892 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13893
13894 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
13895 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13896 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13897 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13898 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13899 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13900
13901 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13902 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13903 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13904 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13905
13906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13907
13908 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13909 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13910 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13912 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13913 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13914
13915 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13916
13917 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13918 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13919 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13920 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13921 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13922
13923 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13924 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13925 windows.
13926
13927 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13928 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13929
13930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13931
13932 ;;;***
13933 \f
13934 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13935 ;;;;;;  holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13936 ;;;;;;  holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13937 ;;;;;;  holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13938 ;;;;;;  "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13940
13941 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13942
13943 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13944 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
13945 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13946
13947 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13948
13949 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13950
13951 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13952
13953 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13954 Oriental holidays.
13955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13956
13957 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13958
13959 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13960
13961 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13962
13963 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13964 Local holidays.
13965 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13966
13967 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13968
13969 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13970
13971 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13972
13973 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13974 User defined holidays.
13975 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13976
13977 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13978
13979 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13980
13981 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13982 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13983
13984 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13985
13986 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13987 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13988
13989 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13990
13991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13992 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13993
13994 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13995
13996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13997 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13998
13999 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14000
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14002
14003 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14004 Jewish holidays.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14006
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14008
14009 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14010
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14012
14013 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14014 Christian holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14016
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14018
14019 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14020
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14022
14023 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14024 Islamic holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14028
14029 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030
14031 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14032
14033 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14034 Bahá'í holidays.
14035 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14036
14037 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14038
14039 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14040
14041 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14042
14043 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14044 Sun-related holidays.
14045 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14046
14047 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14048
14049 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14050
14051 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14054 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14055 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14056 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14057
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14059
14060 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14061 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14062 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14063 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14064 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14065
14066   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14067     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14068
14069 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14070 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14071
14072 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14073 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14074 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14075 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14076 of a holiday list.
14077
14078 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14079
14080 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14081
14082 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14083
14084 ;;;***
14085 \f
14086 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791
14087 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14089
14090 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14091 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14092
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14094
14095 ;;;***
14096 \f
14097 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14098 ;;;;;;  "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20774 51822 616889 64000))
14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14100
14101 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14102 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14103 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14104 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14105 as possible.
14106
14107 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14108 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14109 fontified display.
14110
14111 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14112 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14113
14114 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14115 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14116 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14117
14118 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14121 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14122 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14123
14124 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14125
14126 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14127
14128 ;;;***
14129 \f
14130 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14131 ;;;;;;  define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709
14132 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14134
14135 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14136 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14137
14138 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14139 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14140 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14141
14142 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14143 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14144 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14145 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14146 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14147 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14148
14149 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14150 title of the column.
14151
14152 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14153 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14154 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14155 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14156 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14157
14158 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14159
14160 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14161 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14162 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14163 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14164 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14165
14166 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14167 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14168 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14169
14170 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14171
14172 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14173 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14174 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14175 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14176 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14177 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14178
14179 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14180 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14181 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14182 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14183 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14184 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14185 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14186 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14187 values are:
14188  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14189  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14190  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14191   buffer's modification flag.
14192 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14193 prompted before performing this operation.
14194 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14195 operation is complete, in the form:
14196  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14197 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14198 confirmation message, in the form:
14199  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14200 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14201 macro for exactly what it does.
14202
14203 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14204
14205 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14206 Define a filter named NAME.
14207 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14208 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14209 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14210
14211 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14212 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14213 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14214 bound to the current value of the filter.
14215
14216 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14217
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14221 ;;;;;;  "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20792 30519 8548 0))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14223
14224 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14225 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14226 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14227 buffers which are visiting a file.
14228
14229 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14230
14231 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14232 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14233 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14234 buffers which are visiting a file.
14235
14236 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14237
14238 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14239 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14240 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14241
14242 All arguments are optional.
14243 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14244 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14245 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14246   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14247 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14248 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14249   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14250 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14251   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14252 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14253   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14254   that value locally in this buffer.
14255
14256 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14257
14258 ;;;***
14259 \f
14260 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14261 ;;;;;;  icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14262 ;;;;;;  "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14264
14265 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14266 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14267 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14268 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14269
14270 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14271
14272 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14273 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14274 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14275 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14276 ICAL-FILENAME.
14277 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14278 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14279 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14280
14281 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14282
14283 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14284 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14285 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14286 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14287 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14288 non-marking or not.
14289
14290 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14291
14292 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14293 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14294
14295 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14296 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14297 DIARY-FILE.
14298
14299 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14300 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14301 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14302
14303 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14304 non-marking.
14305
14306 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14307 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14308 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14309
14310 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14311
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20766
14315 ;;;;;;  59066 666084 0))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14317
14318 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14319 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14320 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14323 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14324
14325 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14326
14327 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14328 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14330 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14332
14333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14334
14335 ;;;***
14336 \f
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818
14338 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14340
14341 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14342 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14343 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14344 Tab indents for Icon code.
14345 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14346 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14347 \\{icon-mode-map}
14348 Variables controlling indentation style:
14349  icon-tab-always-indent
14350     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14351     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14352  icon-auto-newline
14353     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14354     inserted in Icon code.
14355  icon-indent-level
14356     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14357     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14358     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14359  icon-continued-statement-offset
14360     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14361     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14362  icon-continued-brace-offset
14363     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14364     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14365  icon-brace-offset
14366     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14367  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14368     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14369     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14370
14371 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14372 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14373
14374 \(fn)" t nil)
14375
14376 ;;;***
14377 \f
14378 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14379 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
14380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14381
14382 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14383 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14384 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14385 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14386
14387 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14388 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14389 separate frames.
14390
14391 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14392 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14393
14394 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14395 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14396 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14397
14398 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14399
14400 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14401
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14405 ;;;;;;  (20901 54695 989166 0))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14407
14408 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14409 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14410
14411 The main features of this mode are
14412
14413 1. Indentation and Formatting
14414    --------------------------
14415    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14416    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14417
14418    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14419    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14420    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14421    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14422
14423    Comments are indented as follows:
14424
14425    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14426    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14427    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14428
14429    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14430
14431    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14432    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14433    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14434    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14435    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14436    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14437
14438    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14439    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14440    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14441    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14442
14443 2. Routine Info
14444    ------------
14445    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14446    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14447    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14448    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14449    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14450    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14451    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14452    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14453    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14454    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14455
14456 3. Online IDL Help
14457    ---------------
14458
14459    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14460    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14461    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14462    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14463
14464 4. Completion
14465    ----------
14466    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14467    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14468    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14469    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14470    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14471    upper case.
14472
14473 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14474    --------------------------------
14475    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14476    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14477
14478    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14479    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14480    \\c         CASE statement template
14481    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14482    \\f         FOR loop template
14483    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14484    \\w         WHILE loop template
14485    \\i         IF statement template
14486    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14487    \\b         BEGIN
14488
14489    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14490    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14491
14492    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14493    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14494    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14495    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14496
14497 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14498    -------------------------
14499    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14500    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14501
14502 7. Automatic END completion
14503    ------------------------
14504    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14505    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14506
14507 8. Hooks
14508    -----
14509    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14510    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14511
14512 9. Documentation and Customization
14513    -------------------------------
14514    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14515    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14516    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14517    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14518    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14519
14520 10.Keybindings
14521    -----------
14522    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14523    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14524    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14525
14526 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14527
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14529
14530 ;;;***
14531 \f
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14533 ;;;;;;  ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14534 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14535 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14536 ;;;;;;  ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14537 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14538 ;;;;;;  ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14539 ;;;;;;  ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20886
14540 ;;;;;;  939 575794 0))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14542
14543 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14544 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14545 should be enabled.  The following values are possible:
14546 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14547   displaying...)
14548 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14549 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14550 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14551
14552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14553 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14554
14555 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14556
14557 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14558 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14559 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14560 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14561 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14562 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14563 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14564 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14565 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14566
14567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14568
14569 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14570 Switch to another buffer.
14571 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14572 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14573 in another frame.
14574
14575 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14576 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14577 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14578 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14579 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14580
14581 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14582 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14583
14584 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14585
14586 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14587 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14588 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14589 matches all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14590 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14591 in a separate window.
14592 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14593 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14594 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14597 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14598 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14599 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14600 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14601
14602 \(fn)" t nil)
14603
14604 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14605 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14606 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14607 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14608
14609 \(fn)" t nil)
14610
14611 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14612 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14613 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14614 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14615
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14617
14618 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14619 Kill a buffer.
14620 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14621 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14622
14623 \(fn)" t nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14626 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14627 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14628 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14629
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14631
14632 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14633 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14636
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14638
14639 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14640 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14641
14642 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14645 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14646 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14647 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14648 visible in another frame.
14649
14650 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14651 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14652 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14653 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14654 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14655 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14656
14657 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14658 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14659
14660 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14661
14662 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14663 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14664 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14665 matches all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14666 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14667 in a separate window.
14668 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14669 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14670 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14671 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14672 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14673 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14674 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14675 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14676 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14677 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14681 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14694 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14708 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14713
14714 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14715 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14720
14721 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14722 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14729 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734
14735 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14736 Write current buffer to a file.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14741
14742 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14743 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14748
14749 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14750 Call `dired' the ido way.
14751 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14755
14756 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14757 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14758 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14759 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14760 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14761 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14762
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14767 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14768 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14769
14770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14771
14772 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14773 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14774 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14775 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14776
14777 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14780 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14781 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14782 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14783 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14784 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14785  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14786 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14787  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14788  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14789  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14790 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14791  with point positioned at the end.
14792 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14793 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14794
14795 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14796
14797 ;;;***
14798 \f
14799 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14801
14802 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14803 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14804 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14805
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14807
14808 ;;;***
14809 \f
14810 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818
14811 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
14812 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14813
14814 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14815
14816 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14817 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14819 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14820 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14821 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14822
14823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14824
14825 ;;;***
14826 \f
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14828 ;;;;;;  remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14829 ;;;;;;  create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14830 ;;;;;;  image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14831 ;;;;;;  image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14832 ;;;;;;  (20903 10024 645978 0))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14834
14835 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14836 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14837 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14838 be determined.
14839
14840 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14843 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14844 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14845 be determined.
14846
14847 \(fn)" nil nil)
14848
14849 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14850 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14851 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14852 be determined.
14853
14854 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14855
14856 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14857 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14858 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14859 be determined.
14860
14861 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14862
14863 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14864 Determine and return image type.
14865 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14866 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14867 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14868 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14869 use its file extension as image type.
14870 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14871
14872 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14875 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14876 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14877
14878 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14879
14880 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14881 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14882 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14883
14884 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14885 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14886 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14887 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14888 must be available.
14889
14890 \(fn)" nil nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14893 Create an image.
14894 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14895 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14896 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14897 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14898 use its file extension as image type.
14899 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14900 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14901 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14902 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14903
14904 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14905
14906 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14907 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14908 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14909
14910 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14911
14912 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14913 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14914 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14915 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14916 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14917 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14918 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14919 POS may be an integer or marker.
14920 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14921 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14922 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14923 means display it in the right marginal area.
14924
14925 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14926
14927 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14928 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14929 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14930 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
14931 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14932 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14933 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14934 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14935 means display it in the right marginal area.
14936 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
14937 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14938 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14939 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14940 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14941
14942 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14945 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14946 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14947 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  The default
14948 STRING is a single space.
14949 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14950 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14951 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14952 means display it in the right marginal area.
14953 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14954
14955 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14958 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14959 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14960 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14961
14962 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14965 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14966
14967 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14968
14969 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14970 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14971 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14972 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14973 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14974 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
14975 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14976 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
14977 satisfied.
14978
14979 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14980
14981 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14982
14983 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14984
14985 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14986 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14987
14988 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
14989 documentation string.
14990
14991 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14992 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14993 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14994 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14995 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14996 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
14997 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14998 define SYMBOL.
14999
15000 Example:
15001
15002    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15003                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15004
15005 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15006
15007 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15008
15009 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15010 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15011 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15012 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15013
15014 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15015 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
15016 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15017 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15018
15019 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15020
15021 \(fn)" nil nil)
15022
15023 ;;;***
15024 \f
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15026 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15027 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15028 ;;;;;;  image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15029 ;;;;;;  image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15030 ;;;;;;  image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15031 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15032 ;;;;;;  "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20768 48184 78670 0))
15033 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15034
15035 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15036 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15037 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15038 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15039 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15040 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15041
15042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15043
15044 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15045 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15046
15047 Convenience command that:
15048
15049  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15050  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15051  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15052
15053 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15054 image files in dired and type
15055 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15056
15057 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15058
15059 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15060 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15061
15062 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15065 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15066 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15067 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15068 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15069 another one).
15070
15071 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15072 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15073 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15074
15075 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15076 instead of erasing it first.
15077
15078 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15079 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15080 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15081 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15082 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15083 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15084
15085 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15086
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15088 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15089 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15090 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15091 displayed.
15092
15093 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15094
15095 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15096
15097 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15098
15099 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15100 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15101
15102 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15103
15104 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15105 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15106 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15107
15108 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15109
15110 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15111 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15112
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15116 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15117 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15118 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15119
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15123 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15124
15125 \(fn)" t nil)
15126
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15128 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15129
15130 \(fn)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15133 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15134
15135 \(fn)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15138 Display current image file.
15139 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15140 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15141
15142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15145 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15146
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15150 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15151 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15152 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15153 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15154 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15155 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15156
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15160 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15161 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15162 easy-to-use form.
15163
15164 \(fn)" t nil)
15165
15166 ;;;***
15167 \f
15168 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15169 ;;;;;;  image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15170 ;;;;;;  "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15171 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15172
15173 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15174 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15175 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15176 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15177
15178 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15179 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15180 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15181 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15182
15183 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15184
15185 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15186 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15187 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15188 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15189
15190 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15191 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15192 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15193 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15194
15195 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15196
15197 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15198 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15199
15200 \(fn)" nil nil)
15201
15202 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15203 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15204 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15205 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15206
15207 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15208
15209 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15210 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15211 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15214 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15215
15216 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15217
15218 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15219 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15221 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15222 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15223
15224 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15225 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15226 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15227
15228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15229
15230 ;;;***
15231 \f
15232 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15233 ;;;;;;  image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20899 12965 791908
15234 ;;;;;;  0))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15236
15237 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15238 Major mode for image files.
15239 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15240 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15241
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15245 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15247 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15249
15250 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15251 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15252 actual image.
15253
15254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15255
15256 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15257 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15258 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15259 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15260 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15261 to display an image file as the actual image.
15262
15263 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15264 to display an image file as text initially.
15265
15266 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15267 on these modes.
15268
15269 \(fn)" t nil)
15270
15271 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15272
15273
15274 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15275
15276 ;;;***
15277 \f
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15279 ;;;;;;  imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593
15280 ;;;;;;  0))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15282
15283 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15284 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15285
15286 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15287
15288 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15289 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15290 in the buffer.
15291
15292 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15293
15294 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15295 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15296 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15297
15298 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15299
15300 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15301 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15302 Each element of this list should have the form
15303
15304   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15305
15306 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15307 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15308 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15309 matches are put).
15310 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15311 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15312 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15313 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15314 another element.
15315 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15316 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15317 the menu item.
15318 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15319 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15320 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15321 the ARGUMENTS.
15322
15323 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15324 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15325 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15326
15327 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15328 create a buffer index.
15329
15330 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15331 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15332 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15333 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15334 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15335
15336 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15337
15338 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15339 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15340
15341 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15342 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15343 called within a `save-excursion'.
15344
15345 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15346
15347 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15348
15349 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15350 Function for finding the next index position.
15351
15352 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15353 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15354 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15355 file.
15356
15357 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15358 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15359
15360 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15361
15362 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15363 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15364
15365 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15366 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15367 It should return the name for that index item.")
15368
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15370
15371 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15372 Function to compare string with index item.
15373
15374 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15375 non-nil if they match.
15376
15377 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15378 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15379 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15380 arguments match\".")
15381
15382 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15383
15384 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15385 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15386 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15387
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15389 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15390
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15392
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15394
15395 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15396 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15397 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15398 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15399
15400 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15401
15402 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15403 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15404
15405 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15406
15407 \(fn)" t nil)
15408
15409 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15410 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15411 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15412 for more information.
15413
15414 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15415
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15419 ;;;;;;  in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15420 ;;;;;;  "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
15421 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15422
15423 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15424 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15425
15426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15427
15428 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15429
15430
15431 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15434
15435
15436 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15437
15438 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15439
15440
15441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15444 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15445
15446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15447
15448 ;;;***
15449 \f
15450 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15451 ;;;;;;  (20774 53405 644725 888000))
15452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15453
15454 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15455 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15456 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15457 to that buffer.
15458 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15459 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15460 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15461 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15462
15463 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15464
15465 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15466
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15470 ;;;;;;  Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15471 ;;;;;;  Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15472 ;;;;;;  Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15473 ;;;;;;  info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20900 33838 319219
15474 ;;;;;;  0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15476
15477 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15478 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15479 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15480 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15481 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15482 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15483 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15484 first in this list.
15485
15486 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15487 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15489 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15490 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15491
15492 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15493 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15494 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15495
15496 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15497 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15498
15499 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15500  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15501
15502 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15503 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15504 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15505 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15506 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15507 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15508 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15509 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15510 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15511 with the top-level Info directory.
15512
15513 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15514 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15515
15516 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15517 \"*info*<%s>\".
15518
15519 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15520 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15521 in all the directories in that path.
15522
15523 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15524
15525 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15526
15527 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15528 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15529
15530 \(fn)" t nil)
15531
15532 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15533 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15534
15535 \(fn)" t nil)
15536
15537 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15538 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15539 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15540 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15541
15542 \(fn)" nil nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15545 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15546 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15547 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15548
15549 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15552 Go to the Info directory node.
15553
15554 \(fn)" t nil)
15555
15556 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15557 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15558 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15559 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15560 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15561 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15562
15563 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15564
15565 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15566 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15567 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15568
15569 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15570
15571 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15572 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15573 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15574 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15575 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15576
15577 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15580 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15581 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15582 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15583 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15584
15585 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15586 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15587
15588 Selecting other nodes:
15589 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15590         Follow a node reference you click on.
15591           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15592           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15593 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15594 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15595 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15596 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15597 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15598           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15599 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15600 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15601 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15602 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15603 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15604 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15605 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15606 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15607 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15608 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15609 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15610 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15611
15612 Moving within a node:
15613 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15614           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15615           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15616           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15617           move up to the parent node.
15618 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15619           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15620           if there is none.
15621 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15622
15623 Advanced commands:
15624 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15625           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15626 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15627 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15628 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15629 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15630 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15631 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15632 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15633           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15634 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15635           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15636 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15637 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15638 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15639 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15640
15641 \(fn)" t nil)
15642  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15643
15644 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15645 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15646 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15647 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15648 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15649 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15650
15651 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15652  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15653
15654 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15655 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15656 KEY is a string.
15657 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15658 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15659 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15660 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15661
15662 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15663
15664 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15665 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15666 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15667
15668 \(fn)" t nil)
15669
15670 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15671 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15672 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15673
15674 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15675
15676 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15677 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15678 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15679 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15680
15681 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15682
15683 ;;;***
15684 \f
15685 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15686 ;;;;;;  info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15687 ;;;;;;  (20854 24486 190633 0))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15689
15690 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15691 Throw away all cached data.
15692 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15693 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15694 system.
15695
15696 \(fn)" t nil)
15697  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15698
15699 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15700 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15701 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15702 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15703 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15704 one found at point.
15705
15706 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15707
15708 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15709  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15710
15711 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15712 Display the documentation of a file.
15713 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15714 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15715 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15716 The default file name is the one found at point.
15717
15718 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15719
15720 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15723 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15724
15725 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15728 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15729
15730 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15731
15732 ;;;***
15733 \f
15734 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15735 ;;;;;;  info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15736 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15738
15739 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15740 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15741 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15742 current info file is the default.
15743
15744 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15745 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15746 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15747 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15748 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15749
15750 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15751 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15752 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15753 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15754 mistake in the reference.
15755
15756 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15757 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15758 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15759
15760 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15761 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15762 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15763 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15764
15765 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15766
15767 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15768 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15769 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15770 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15771 checked.
15772
15773 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15774 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15775 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15776 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15777 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15778 should be harmless.
15779
15780 \(fn)" t nil)
15781
15782 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15783 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15784 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15785 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15786
15787 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15788 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15789 and can take a long time.
15790
15791 \(fn)" t nil)
15792
15793 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15794 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15795 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15796
15797     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15798
15799 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15800 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15801
15802 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15803 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15804 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15805 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15806 all builtins).
15807
15808 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15809 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15810 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15811 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15812 the sources handy.
15813
15814 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15815
15816 ;;;***
15817 \f
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15819 ;;;;;;  Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067 0))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15821
15822 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15823 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15824
15825 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15826
15827 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15828 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15829
15830 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15831
15832 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15833 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15834 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15835 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15836
15837 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15838 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15839 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15840
15841 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15842 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15843 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15844 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15845
15846 \(fn)" t nil)
15847
15848 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15849 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15850 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15851
15852 \(fn)" t nil)
15853
15854 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15855 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15856 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15857 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15859
15860 \(fn)" nil nil)
15861
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15865 ;;;;;;  (20745 310 425822 0))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15867
15868 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15869 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15870 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15871
15872 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15873
15874 ;;;***
15875 \f
15876 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15877 ;;;;;;  isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15878 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15880
15881 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15882 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15883
15884 \(fn)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15887 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15888
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15892
15893
15894 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15895
15896 ;;;***
15897 \f
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709
15899 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15901
15902 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15903 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15904 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15905 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15906 accessed via isearchb.
15907
15908 \(fn)" t nil)
15909
15910 ;;;***
15911 \f
15912 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15913 ;;;;;;  iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15914 ;;;;;;  iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15915 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15917
15918 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15919 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15920 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15921 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15923
15924 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15925
15926 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15927 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15928 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15929 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15930 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15931
15932 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15933
15934 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15935 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15936 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15937 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15938 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15939
15940 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15941
15942 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15943 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15944 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15945 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15947
15948 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15952 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15953 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15954 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15955
15956 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15957
15958 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15959 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15960 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15961 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15962 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15963
15964 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15965
15966 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15967 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15968 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15969 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15971
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15976 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15983 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15984 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15985
15986 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15989 Warn that format is read-only.
15990
15991 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Warn that format is write-only.
15995
15996 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16000
16001 \(fn)" t nil)
16002
16003 ;;;***
16004 \f
16005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16006 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
16007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16008  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16009  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16010
16011 ;;;***
16012 \f
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16014 ;;;;;;  ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16015 ;;;;;;  ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16016 ;;;;;;  ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16017 ;;;;;;  ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16018 ;;;;;;  (20847 51240 240216 0))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16020
16021 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16022
16023 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16024 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16025 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16026 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16027 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16028
16029 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16030
16031 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16032
16033 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16034 Key map for ispell menu.")
16035
16036 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16037 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16038 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16039 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16040
16041 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16042
16043 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16044
16045 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16046
16047 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16048
16049 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16050 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16051 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16052 Valid forms include:
16053   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16054   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16055   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16056   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16057
16058 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16059 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16060 First list is used raw.
16061 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16062
16063 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16064 for skipping in latex mode.")
16065
16066 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16067 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16068 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16069 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16070  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16071 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16072  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16073
16074 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16075 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16076 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16077 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16078
16079 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16080 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16081 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16082 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16083 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16084
16085 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16086 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16087
16088 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16089 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16090
16091 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16092 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16093
16094 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16095 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16096
16097 Return values:
16098 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16099 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16100 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16101 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16102 quit          spell session exited.
16103
16104 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16105
16106 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16107 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16108 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16109
16110 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16111
16112 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16113 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16114
16115 Selections are:
16116
16117 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16118 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16119 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16120 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16121 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16122 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16123 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16124 `?':   Show these commands.
16125 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16126 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16127         the aborted check to be completed later.
16128 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16129 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16130 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16131 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16132 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16133 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16134 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16135
16136 \(fn)" nil nil)
16137
16138 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16139 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16140 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16141 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16142
16143 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16144
16145 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16146 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16147 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16148 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16149
16150 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16151
16152 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16155 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16156 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16157 amount for last line processed.
16158
16159 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16160
16161 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16162 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16163
16164 \(fn)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16167 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16168
16169 \(fn)" t nil)
16170
16171 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16172 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16173 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16174
16175 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16178 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16179
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16183 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16184 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16185 sequence inside of a word.
16186
16187 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16188
16189 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16190
16191 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16192 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16193
16194 \(fn)" t nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16197 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16198 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16199 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16200
16201 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16202 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16203 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16204 available on the net.
16205
16206 \(fn)" t nil)
16207
16208 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16209 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16211 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16213
16214 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16215 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16216 spelled.
16217
16218 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16219 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16220 SPC.
16221
16222 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16223 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16224
16225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16226
16227 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16228 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16229 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16230 Don't check included messages.
16231
16232 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16233 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16234 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16235
16236 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16237 in your init file:
16238    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16239    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16240    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16241    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16242
16243 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16244 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16245    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16246
16247 \(fn)" t nil)
16248
16249 ;;;***
16250 \f
16251 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824
16252 ;;;;;;  3367 300658 0))
16253 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16254
16255 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16256 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16257 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16259 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16260 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16261
16262 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16263
16264 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16265 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16266 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16267 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16268 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16269
16270 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16271 between buffers using substrings.  See `iswitchb' for details.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 ;;;***
16276 \f
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16278 ;;;;;;  japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16279 ;;;;;;  japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16280 ;;;;;;  "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
16281 ;;;;;;  0))
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16283
16284 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16285
16286
16287 \(fn)" nil nil)
16288
16289 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16290 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16291 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16292 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16293 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16294  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16295  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16296  necessary to represent OBJ.
16297
16298 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16301 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16302 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16303 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16304
16305 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16306
16307 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16308 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16309 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16310 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16311 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16312
16313 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16316 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16317 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16318 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16319
16320 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16321
16322 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16323 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16324 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16325 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16326
16327 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16330 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16331
16332 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16335 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16336 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16337 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16338 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16339
16340 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16341
16342 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16343 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16344 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16345 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16346 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16347
16348 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16351 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16352 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16353
16354 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16355
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16359 ;;;;;;  "jka-compr.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16361
16362 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16363 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16364 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16365 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16366
16367 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16368
16369
16370 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16371
16372 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16373 Uninstall jka-compr.
16374 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16375 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16376 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16377
16378 \(fn)" nil nil)
16379
16380 ;;;***
16381 \f
16382 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20895 15912 444844
16383 ;;;;;;  0))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16385
16386 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16387 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16388
16389 \(fn)" t nil)
16390  (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16391
16392 ;;;***
16393 \f
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16395 ;;;;;;  keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16396 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16398
16399 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16400 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16401 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16402 decimal key must be specified.")
16403
16404 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16405
16406 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16407 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16408 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16409 decimal key must be specified.")
16410
16411 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16412
16413 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16414 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16415 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16416 decimal key must be specified.")
16417
16418 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16419
16420 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16421 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16422 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16423 decimal key must be specified.")
16424
16425 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16426
16427 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16428 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16429 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16430 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16431 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16432 keys are bound.
16433
16434  Setup      Binding
16435  -------------------------------------------------------------
16436  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16437  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16438  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16439  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16440  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16441            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16442            in the global and local keymaps.
16443
16444 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16445 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16446
16447 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16452 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16454
16455 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16456 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16457 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16458
16459 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16460 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16461 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16462 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16463 shorter.
16464
16465 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16466 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16467 the context of text formatting.
16468
16469 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16470
16471 ;;;***
16472 \f
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20799
16474 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16476
16477 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16478 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16479 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16480 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16481 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16482 positions that contains the current selection.")
16483
16484 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16485 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16486 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16487 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16488 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16489 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16490 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16491
16492 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16497 ;;;;;;  kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16498 ;;;;;;  kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16499 ;;;;;;  "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20830 42150 757296 0))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16501  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16502  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16503  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16504  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16505  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16506  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16507  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16508
16509 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16510 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16511
16512 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16513
16514 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16515 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16516 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16517 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16518 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16519
16520 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16521
16522 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16523 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16524 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16525
16526 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16527 defining the macro.
16528
16529 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16530 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16531 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16532
16533 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16534 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16535
16536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16537
16538 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16539 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16540 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16541 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16542 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16543 under that name.
16544
16545 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16546 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16547 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16548
16549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16552 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16553 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16554 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16555
16556 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16557 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16558 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16559 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16560
16561 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16562 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16563
16564 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16565
16566 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16567 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16568 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16569
16570 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16571 macro.
16572
16573 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16574 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16575
16576 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16577 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16578 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16579
16580 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16581 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16582
16583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16584
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16586 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16587 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16588 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16589
16590 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16591
16592 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16593 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16595 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16596
16597 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16598 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16599
16600 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16601
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16603 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16604 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16605
16606 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16607
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16611 ;;;;;;  "language/korea-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16613
16614 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16615 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16616 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16617
16618 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16619
16620
16621 \(fn)" nil nil)
16622
16623 ;;;***
16624 \f
16625 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16626 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16628
16629 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16630
16631 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16632 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16633
16634 \(fn)" t nil)
16635
16636 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16637 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16638 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16639 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16640
16641 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16642 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16643 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16644        2   | yes                   | yes
16645        3   | no                    | yes
16646        4   | no                    | no
16647
16648 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16649 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16650 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16651
16652 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16653
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16657 ;;;;;;  lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16658 ;;;;;;  "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16660
16661 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16662
16663
16664 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16665
16666 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16667 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16668 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16669 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16670 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16671 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16672
16673 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16674 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16675
16676 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16679 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16680
16681 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16682
16683 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16684
16685
16686 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16687
16688 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16689
16690
16691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16692
16693 ;;;***
16694 \f
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16696 ;;;;;;  latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16697 ;;;;;;  "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799 169 640767
16698 ;;;;;;  0))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16700
16701 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16702 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16703 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16704 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16705
16706 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16707
16708 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16709 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16710 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16711
16712 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16713
16714 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16715 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16716 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16717
16718 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16719
16720 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16721 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16722 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16723 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16724
16725 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16730 ;;;;;;  "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20826 45095
16731 ;;;;;;  436233 0))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16733
16734 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16735 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16736 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16737 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16738 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16739 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16740 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16741 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16742
16743 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16744 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16745
16746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16747 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16748
16749 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16750
16751 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16752 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16753 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16754 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16755 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16756 `latin1-display-setup'.
16757
16758 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16759
16760 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16761 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16762 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16763 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16764
16765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16766 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16767
16768 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16769
16770 ;;;***
16771 \f
16772 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16773 ;;;;;;  (20874 62962 290468 0))
16774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16775
16776 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16777 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16778
16779 \(fn)" t nil)
16780
16781 ;;;***
16782 \f
16783 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104
16784 ;;;;;;  0))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16786
16787 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16788 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16789 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16790 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16791 generations (this defaults to 1).
16792
16793 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16794
16795 ;;;***
16796 \f
16797 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16798 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16799 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16800
16801 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16802 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16804 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16805 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16806
16807 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16808
16809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16810
16811 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16812 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16813 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16816 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16817
16818 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16819
16820 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16821 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16822 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16823 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16824 ARG is omitted or nil.
16825
16826 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16827 `linum-on' would do it.
16828 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16829
16830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709
16835 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16837
16838 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16839 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16840 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16841 is nil, raise an error.
16842
16843 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16844 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16845 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16846 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16847 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16848 defined by the library.
16849
16850 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16851 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16852 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16853 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16854 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16855 proceeds.
16856
16857 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16858 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16859 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16860 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16861
16862 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16863
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16867 ;;;;;;  "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16869
16870 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16871 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16872 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16873
16874 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16875
16876 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16877 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16878 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16879 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16880
16881 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16882 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16883 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16884 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16885 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16886 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16887 the version.)
16888
16889 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16890 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16891
16892 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16893 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16894
16895 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16896 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16897
16898 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16899
16900 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16901 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16902 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16903 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16904 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16905 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16906 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16907 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16908 to constrain a big search.
16909
16910 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16911
16912 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16913 except that FILTER is not optional.
16914
16915 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16916
16917 ;;;***
16918 \f
16919 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977
16920 ;;;;;;  14204 0))
16921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16922
16923 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16924 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16925 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16926 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16927 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16928 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16929 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16930 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
16931 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16932 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16933
16934 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16935 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
16936 associated values:
16937  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16938  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16939  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16940  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16941  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16942
16943 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16944 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16945 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16946
16947 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16948
16949 ;;;***
16950 \f
16951 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20860
16952 ;;;;;;  63270 684173 0))
16953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16954
16955 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16956 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16957
16958 \(fn)" t nil)
16959
16960 ;;;***
16961 \f
16962 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16963 ;;;;;;  lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20878
16964 ;;;;;;  6823 881439 0))
16965 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16966
16967 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16968 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16969
16970 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16971 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16972
16973 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16974 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16975 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16976
16977 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16978 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16979
16980 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16981 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16982 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16983 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16984 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
16985 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16986 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16987
16988 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16989
16990 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16991 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16992 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16993 switch on this list.
16994 See `lpr-command'.")
16995
16996 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16997
16998 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16999 Name of program for printing a file.
17000
17001 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17002 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17003 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17004 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17005 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17006 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17007 argument.")
17008
17009 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17010
17011 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17012 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17013 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17014 for customization of the printer command.
17015
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17019 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17020
17021 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17022 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17023 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17024 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17025
17026 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17027 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17028
17029 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17030 for further customization of the printer command.
17031
17032 \(fn)" t nil)
17033
17034 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17035 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17037 for customization of the printer command.
17038
17039 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17040
17041 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17042 Paginate and print the region contents.
17043
17044 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17045 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17046 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17047 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17048
17049 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17050 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17051
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for further customization of the printer command.
17054
17055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17056
17057 ;;;***
17058 \f
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17060 ;;;;;;  (20870 12718 549931 0))
17061 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17062
17063 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17064 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17065 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17066
17067 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17068
17069 ;;;***
17070 \f
17071 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709
17072 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17074
17075 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17076 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17078 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17079
17080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17081
17082 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17083
17084 ;;;***
17085 \f
17086 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874
17087 ;;;;;;  62962 290468 0))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17089
17090 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17091 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17092
17093 \(fn)" t nil)
17094
17095 ;;;***
17096 \f
17097 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17098 ;;;;;;  name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104
17099 ;;;;;;  0))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17101
17102 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17103 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17104 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17105 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17106 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17107
17108 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17109
17110 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17111 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17112 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17113 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17114
17115 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17116 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17117 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17118 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17119 bindings.
17120
17121 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17122 use this command, and then save the file.
17123
17124 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17127 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17128   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17129 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17130 each time the macro executes.
17131   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17132 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17133 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17134 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17135 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17136 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17137 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17138
17139 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17142 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17143 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17144 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17145
17146 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17147 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17148 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17149 execute.
17150
17151 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17152 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17153
17154 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17155 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17156 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17157 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17158 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17159
17160 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17161 looked like this:
17162
17163     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17164     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17165     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17166
17167 You could enter the names in this format:
17168
17169     foo
17170     bar
17171     baz
17172
17173 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17174
17175     \\C-x (
17176        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17177     \\C-x )
17178
17179 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17180 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17181
17182 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17183  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17184
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17188 ;;;;;;  "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17190
17191 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17192 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17193 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17194 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17195 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17196 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17197
17198 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17199 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17200 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17201 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17202 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17203
17204 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17205 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17206 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17207 consing a string.)
17208
17209 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17210
17211 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17212 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17213
17214 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17215
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17219 ;;;;;;  mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17220 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17221 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17222
17223 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17224 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17225
17226 \(fn)" nil nil)
17227
17228 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17229
17230
17231 \(fn)" nil nil)
17232
17233 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17234 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17235
17236 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17237
17238 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17239 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17240 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17241 message.
17242
17243 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17244
17245 \(fn)" nil nil)
17246
17247 ;;;***
17248 \f
17249 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17250 ;;;;;;  mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17251 ;;;;;;  mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17252 ;;;;;;  "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17254
17255 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17256 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17257 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17258 often correct parser.")
17259
17260 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17261
17262 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17263 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17264 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17265 a value which excludes your own email address.
17266
17267 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17268 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17269
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17273 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17274
17275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17276
17277 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17278 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17279 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17280 we return it unconverted.
17281
17282 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17283 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17284
17285 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17286
17287 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17288 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17289 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17290 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17291
17292 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17293
17294 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17295 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17296 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17297 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17298
17299 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17300
17301 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17302 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17303 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17304 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17305 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17306 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17307 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17308 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17309 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17310 as Rmail does.
17311
17312 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17313
17314 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17316 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17317 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17318 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17319 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17320 matches may be returned from the message body.
17321
17322 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17323
17324 ;;;***
17325 \f
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17327 ;;;;;;  mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847
17328 ;;;;;;  51240 240216 0))
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17330
17331 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17332 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17333 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17335 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17336 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17337
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17339
17340 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17341 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17342 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17343 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17344 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17345
17346 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17347 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17348 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17349 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17350
17351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17352
17353 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17354 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17355
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17357
17358 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17360 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17361
17362 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17366 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17367
17368 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17369 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17370 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17371 double-quotes.
17372
17373 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17374
17375 ;;;***
17376 \f
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17378 ;;;;;;  define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17379 ;;;;;;  "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17381
17382 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17383 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17384 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17385         king@grassland.com
17386 If `parens', they look like:
17387         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17388 If `angles', they look like:
17389         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17390
17391 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17392
17393 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17394 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17395 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17396 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17397 their `Resent-' variants.
17398
17399 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17400 removed from alias expansions.
17401
17402 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17403
17404 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17405 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17406 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17407
17408 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17409 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17410 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17411 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17412
17413 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17414
17415 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17416 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17417 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17418
17419 \(fn)" nil nil)
17420
17421 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17422 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17423 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17424 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17425
17426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17427
17428 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17429
17430 ;;;***
17431 \f
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17433 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17435
17436 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17437 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17438 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17439 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17440
17441 \(fn)" nil nil)
17442
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17446 ;;;;;;  makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17447 ;;;;;;  "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20874 65006 672942
17448 ;;;;;;  217000))
17449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17450
17451 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17452 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17453
17454 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17455 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17456 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17457 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17458 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17459 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17460
17461 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17462 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17463 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17464 dependency, despite the colon.
17465
17466 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17467
17468 In the browser, use the following keys:
17469
17470 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17471
17472 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17473
17474 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17475     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17476
17477 `makefile-target-colon':
17478     The string that gets appended to all target names
17479     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17480     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17481
17482 `makefile-macro-assign':
17483    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17484    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17485    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17486    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17487    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17488    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17489
17490 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17491    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17492    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17493
17494 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17495    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17498    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17499    up or down in the browser.
17500
17501 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17502    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17503
17504 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17505    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17506
17507 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17508    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17509    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17510    has been selected in the browser.
17511
17512 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17513    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17514    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17515    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17516    filenames are omitted.
17517
17518 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17519    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17520    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17521    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17522    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17523    the backslash itself intact.
17524    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17525    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17526
17527 `makefile-browser-hook':
17528    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17529    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17530
17531 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17532    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17533    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17534    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17535
17536 \(fn)" t nil)
17537
17538 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17539 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17540
17541 \(fn)" t nil)
17542
17543 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17544 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17545
17546 \(fn)" t nil)
17547
17548 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17549 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17550
17551 \(fn)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17554 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17555
17556 \(fn)" t nil)
17557
17558 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17559 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17560
17561 \(fn)" t nil)
17562
17563 ;;;***
17564 \f
17565 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709
17566 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17568
17569 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17570 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17571 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17572
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17574
17575 ;;;***
17576 \f
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17578 ;;;;;;  (20888 42662 256824 0))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17580
17581 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17582
17583 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17584 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17585 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17586 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17587 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17588 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17589 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17590 page, it will display immediately.
17591
17592 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17593 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17594 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17595
17596     cat(1)
17597     1 cat
17598
17599 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17600 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17601 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17602 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17603
17604     -a chmod
17605
17606 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17607 otherwise look like a page name.
17608
17609     /my/file/name.1.gz
17610     -l somefile.1
17611
17612 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17613 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17614 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17615
17616     -k pattern
17617
17618 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17619
17620 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17621 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17622
17623 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17624
17625 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17626 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17627
17628 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17629
17630 ;;;***
17631 \f
17632 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20884 7264
17633 ;;;;;;  912957 506000))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17635
17636 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17637 Toggle Master mode.
17638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17639 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17640 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17641
17642 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17643 using the following commands:
17644
17645 \\{master-mode-map}
17646
17647 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17648 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17649 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17650
17651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17652
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17656 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17658
17659 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17660 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17661 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17664 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17665
17666 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17667
17668 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17669 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17671 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17672 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17673
17674 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17675 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17676 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17677 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17678
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680
17681 ;;;***
17682 \f
17683 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17684 ;;;;;;  message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17685 ;;;;;;  message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17686 ;;;;;;  message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17687 ;;;;;;  message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17688 ;;;;;;  message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17689 ;;;;;;  "gnus/message.el" (20889 63525 775294 0))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17691
17692 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17693
17694 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17695 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17696 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17697 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17698 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17699 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17700          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17701          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17702          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17703          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17704          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17705          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17706          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17707          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17708          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17709          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17710          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17711          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17712          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17713          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17714 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17715 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17716 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17717 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17718 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17719 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17720 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17721 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17722 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17723 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17724 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17725 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17726 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17727 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17728 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17729 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17730 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17731 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17732
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17734
17735 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17736 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17737 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17738 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17739 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17740
17741 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17744 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17745
17746 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17749 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17750
17751 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17754 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17755
17756 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17757
17758 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17759 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17760 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17761
17762 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17763
17764 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17765 Cancel an article you posted.
17766 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17767
17768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17769
17770 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17771 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17772 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17773 header line with the old Message-ID.
17774
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17778 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17779
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17783 Forward the current message via mail.
17784 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17785 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17786
17787 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17790
17791
17792 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17795
17796
17797 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17800 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17801
17802 \(fn)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17805 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17806
17807 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17810 Re-mail the current message.
17811 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17812 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17813 you.
17814
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17818 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17819
17820 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17821
17822 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17823 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17824
17825 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17828 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17829
17830 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17833 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17834
17835 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17838 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17839 Works by overstriking characters.
17840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17841 which specify the range to operate on.
17842
17843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17846 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17848 which specify the range to operate on.
17849
17850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17851
17852 ;;;***
17853 \f
17854 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17855 ;;;;;;  (20874 62962 290468 0))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17857
17858 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17859 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17860
17861 \(fn)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17864 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17865
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17867
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17871 ;;;;;;  metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17872 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17873 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17874
17875 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17876 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17877 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17878
17879 \(fn)" t nil)
17880
17881 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17882 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17883 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17884 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17885 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17886 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17887 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17888
17889 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17890
17891 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17892 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17893 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17894 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17895 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17896 means current).
17897 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17898 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17899
17900 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17903 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17904 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17905 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17906 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17907 means current).
17908 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17909 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17910
17911 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17912
17913 ;;;***
17914 \f
17915 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17916 ;;;;;;  mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17917 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088 852000))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17919
17920 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17921 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17922 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17923
17924 \(fn)" t nil)
17925
17926 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17927 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17928 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17929
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17931
17932 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17933 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17934
17935 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17936 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17937 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17938
17939 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17940 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17941
17942 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17943 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17944
17945 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17946
17947 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17948
17949 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17950 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17951 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17952 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17953 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17954 as `compose-mail'.
17955
17956 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17957 initial Subject field, respectively.
17958
17959 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17960 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17961 are strings.
17962
17963 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17964 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17965
17966 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17969 Save draft and send message.
17970
17971 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17972 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17973 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17974 Mail Delivery*\".
17975
17976 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17977 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17978 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17979
17980 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17981 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17982 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17983 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17984 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17985 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17986
17987 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17988 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17989
17990 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17991 message and scan line.
17992
17993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17994
17995 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17996 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17997
17998 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17999 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18000 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18001 delete the draft message.
18002
18003 \(fn)" t nil)
18004
18005 ;;;***
18006 \f
18007 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20874 65006
18008 ;;;;;;  672942 217000))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18010
18011 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18012
18013 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18014
18015 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18018 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18019
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18021
18022 ;;;***
18023 \f
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18025 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616 976036 0))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18027
18028 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18029 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18030 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18031
18032 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18033 the MH mail system.
18034
18035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18038 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18039 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18040
18041 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18042 the MH mail system.
18043
18044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18047 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18048
18049 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18050 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18051 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18052 separate command.
18053
18054 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18055 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18056 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18057 format.
18058
18059 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18060
18061 Ranges
18062 ======
18063 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18064 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18065 can be used in several ways.
18066
18067 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18068 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18069 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18070 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18071 page):
18072
18073 <num1>-<num2>
18074     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18075     The range must be nonempty.
18076
18077 <num>:N
18078 <num>:+N
18079 <num>:-N
18080     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18081     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18082     last.
18083
18084 first:N
18085 prev:N
18086 next:N
18087 last:N
18088     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18089
18090 all
18091     All of the messages.
18092
18093 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18094 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18095
18096 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18097 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18098 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18099
18100 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18101
18102 \(fn)" t nil)
18103
18104 ;;;***
18105 \f
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18107 ;;;;;;  "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18109
18110 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18111 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18112 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18113 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18114 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18115 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18116 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18117 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18118 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18119 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18120 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18121
18122 \(fn)" t nil)
18123
18124 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18125 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18126 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18127 to its second argument TM.
18128
18129 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18130
18131 ;;;***
18132 \f
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18134 ;;;;;;  "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18136
18137 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18138 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18139 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18142 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18143
18144 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18145
18146 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18147 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18149 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18150 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18151
18152 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18153 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18154 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18155 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18156 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18157 is modified to remove the default indication.
18158
18159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18160
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18164 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18166
18167 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18168 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18169 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18170 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18171 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18172 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18173 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18174 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18175 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18176
18177 \(fn)" t nil)
18178
18179 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18180 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18181 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18182 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18183 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18184 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18185 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18186 The return value is always nil.
18187
18188 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18189
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18193 ;;;;;;  multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18194 ;;;;;;  "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18196  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18197
18198 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18199 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18200
18201 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18202 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18203 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18204 next occurrence.
18205
18206 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18207 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18208 end of the search space).
18209
18210 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18211 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18212 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18213 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18214 should return the previous buffer to search.
18215
18216 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18217 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18218 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18219
18220 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18221 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18222 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18223 Isearch starts.")
18224
18225 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18226 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18227 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18228
18229 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18230 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18231 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18232
18233 \(fn)" nil nil)
18234
18235 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18236 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18237 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18238 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18239 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18240 whose names match the specified regexp.
18241
18242 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18243
18244 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18245 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18246 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18247 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18248 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18249 whose names match the specified regexp.
18250
18251 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18252
18253 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18254 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18255 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18256 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18257 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18258 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18259 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18260
18261 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18262
18263 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18264 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18265 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18266 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18267 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18268 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18269 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18270
18271 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18272
18273 ;;;***
18274 \f
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18276 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18278
18279 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18280 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18281
18282 \(fn)" t nil)
18283
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18287 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18289
18290 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18291 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18292
18293 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18298 ;;;;;;  "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18300
18301 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18302 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18303
18304 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18305
18306 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18307 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18308 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18309 the entire message.
18310 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18311
18312 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18313
18314 ;;;***
18315 \f
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18317 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18319
18320 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18321 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18322 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18323 the entire message.
18324 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18325
18326 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18327
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18331 ;;;;;;  "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18333
18334 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18335 Insert file contents of URL.
18336 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18337
18338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18341 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18342
18343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18344
18345 ;;;***
18346 \f
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18348 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18350
18351 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18352 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18353 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18354 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18355 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18356
18357 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18358
18359 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18360 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18361 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18362
18363 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18364
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18368 ;;;;;;  (20829 21286 719109 0))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18370
18371 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18372 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18373
18374 \(fn)" nil nil)
18375
18376 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18377 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18378 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18379 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18380 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18381
18382 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18383 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18384 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18385 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18386 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18387 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18388
18389 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18390
18391 ;;;***
18392 \f
18393 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18394 ;;;;;;  (20875 30633 412173 0))
18395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18396
18397 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18398
18399
18400 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18403
18404
18405 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18406
18407 ;;;***
18408 \f
18409 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18410 ;;;;;;  mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18411 ;;;;;;  "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18413
18414 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18415
18416
18417 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18418
18419 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18420
18421
18422 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18423
18424 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18425
18426
18427 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18428
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18430
18431
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18433
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18435
18436
18437 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18440
18441
18442 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18443
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18445
18446
18447 \(fn)" nil nil)
18448
18449 ;;;***
18450 \f
18451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18452 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18454
18455 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18456
18457 ;;;***
18458 \f
18459 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18460 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18462
18463 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18464
18465 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18466 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18467 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18468 followed by the first character of the construct.
18469 \\<m2-mode-map>
18470   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18471   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18472   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18473   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18474   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18475   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18476   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18477   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18478   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18479   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18480   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18481   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18482   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18483   \\[m2-link] link
18484
18485    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18486    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18487    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18488
18489 \(fn)" t nil)
18490
18491 ;;;***
18492 \f
18493 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18494 ;;;;;;  "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18496
18497 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18498 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18499
18500 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18501
18502 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18503 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18504
18505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18506
18507 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18508 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18509
18510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18511
18512 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18513 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18514
18515 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18516
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18520 ;;;;;;  "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18522
18523 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18524 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18525
18526 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18527 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18528 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18529
18530 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18531 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18532 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18533
18534 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18535 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18536
18537 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18538 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18539 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18540 hemisphere you're in.)
18541
18542 To test this function, evaluate:
18543     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18544
18545 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18546
18547 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18548 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18549
18550 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18551 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18552
18553 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18554 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18555 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18556
18557 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18558 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18559
18560 To test this function, evaluate:
18561     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18562
18563 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18564
18565 ;;;***
18566 \f
18567 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20838 36262 626321 0))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18569
18570 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18571 Main entry point for MPC.
18572
18573 \(fn)" t nil)
18574
18575 ;;;***
18576 \f
18577 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104
18578 ;;;;;;  0))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18580
18581 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18582 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18583
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18585
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18590
18591 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18592 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18593 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18596 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18597
18598 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18599
18600 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18601 Toggle Msb mode.
18602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18603 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18605
18606 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18607 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18608
18609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18614 ;;;;;;  describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18615 ;;;;;;  describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18616 ;;;;;;  describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18617 ;;;;;;  read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18618 ;;;;;;  (20891 18859 893295 0))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18620
18621 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display a list of all character sets.
18623
18624 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18625 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18626 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18627 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18628 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18629
18630 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18631 but still shows the full information.
18632
18633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18636 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18637 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18638
18639 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18640 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18641 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18642 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18643 meanings of these arguments.
18644
18645 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18646
18647 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18649
18650 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18654
18655 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18659
18660 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18664
18665 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18666 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18667 in place of `..':
18668   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18669   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18670   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18671   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18672   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18673   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18674   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18675   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18676   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18677   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18678   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18679   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18680   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18681   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18682   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18683   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18684
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18689
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all coding systems.
18694 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18695
18696 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18697 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18698
18699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18700
18701 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display a list of all coding categories.
18703
18704 \(fn)" nil nil)
18705
18706 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18708 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18709
18710 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18711
18712 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display information about FONTSET.
18714 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18715
18716 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18717
18718 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of all fontsets.
18720 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18721 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18722 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18723
18724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18725
18726 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18727 Display information about all input methods.
18728
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18733
18734 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18735 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18736 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18737 system which uses fontsets).
18738
18739 \(fn)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18742 Show log of font listing and opening.
18743 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18744 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18745
18746 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18747
18748 ;;;***
18749 \f
18750 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18751 ;;;;;;  detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18752 ;;;;;;  coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18753 ;;;;;;  coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18754 ;;;;;;  truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18755 ;;;;;;  (20826 45095 436233 0))
18756 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18757
18758 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18759 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18760
18761 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18762 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18763
18764 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18765 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18766
18767 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18768
18769 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18770 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18771 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18772 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18773 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18774 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18775 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18776
18777 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18778 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18779 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18780 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18781 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18782 middle of a character in STR.
18783
18784 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18785 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18786
18787 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18788 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18789 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18790 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18791 defaults to \"...\".
18792
18793 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18794
18795 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18796 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18797
18798 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18799 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18800 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18801
18802 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18803 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18804 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18805
18806 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18807 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18808 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18809  are considered.
18810 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18811 longer than KEYSEQ.
18812 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18813
18814 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18815
18816 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18817 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18818 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18819 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18820 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18821 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18822 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18823  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18824  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18825 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18826  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18827
18828 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18829
18830 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18831 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18832
18833 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18834
18835 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18836 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18837
18838 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18839
18840 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18841 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18842
18843 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18844
18845 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18846 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18847
18848 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18849
18850 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18851 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18852 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18853 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18854 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18855
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18857 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18858
18859 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18860 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18861 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18862 coding systems ordered by priority.
18863
18864 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18865
18866 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18867
18868 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18869 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18870 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18871 language environment LANG-ENV.
18872
18873 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18874
18875 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18876 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18877 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18878 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18879 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18880 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18881
18882 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18883
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add remove-function
18887 ;;;;;;  advice--add-function add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18888 ;;;;;;  "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20872 54440 171355 0))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18890
18891 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18892
18893
18894 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18897 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18898
18899 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18902 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18903 FUNCTION describes the code to add.  WHERE describes where to add it.
18904 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18905 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18906 call OLDFUN here:
18907 `:before'       (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18908 `:after'        (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18909 `:around'       (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18910 `:override'     (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r))
18911 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18912 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or  (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18913 `:after-while'  (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18914 `:after-until'  (lambda (&rest r) (or  (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18915 `:filter-args'  (lambda (&rest r) (apply OLDFUN (funcall FUNCTION r)))
18916 `:filter-return'(lambda (&rest r) (funcall FUNCTION (apply OLDFUN r)))
18917 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18918 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18919 a special meaning:
18920 - `name': a string or symbol.  It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18921
18922 If PLACE is a simple variable, only its global value will be affected.
18923 Use (local 'VAR) if you want to apply FUNCTION to VAR buffer-locally.
18924
18925 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18926 is also interactive.  There are 3 cases:
18927 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18928 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18929   argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18930   `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18931 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18932
18933 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18934
18935 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18936
18937
18938 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'remove-function "nadvice" "\
18941 Remove the FUNCTION piece of advice from PLACE.
18942 If FUNCTION was not added to PLACE, do nothing.
18943 Instead of FUNCTION being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18944 of the piece of advice.
18945
18946 \(fn PLACE FUNCTION)" nil t)
18947
18948 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18949 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18950 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18951 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18952
18953 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18954
18955 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18956 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18957 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18958 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18959 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18960 of the piece of advice.
18961
18962 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18965 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18966 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18967 of the piece of advice.
18968
18969 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18970
18971 ;;;***
18972 \f
18973 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18974 ;;;;;;  whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18975 ;;;;;;  nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18976 ;;;;;;  iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903
18977 ;;;;;;  10024 645978 0))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18979
18980 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18981 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18982
18983 \(fn)" t nil)
18984
18985 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18986 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18987
18988 \(fn)" t nil)
18989
18990 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18991 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18992
18993 \(fn)" t nil)
18994
18995 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18996 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18997
18998 \(fn)" t nil)
18999
19000 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19001 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19002
19003 \(fn)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19006 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19007
19008 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19011 Ping HOST.
19012 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19013 `ping-program-options'.
19014
19015 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19016
19017 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19018 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19019
19020 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19021
19022 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19023 Run nslookup program.
19024
19025 \(fn)" t nil)
19026
19027 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19028 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19029
19030 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19031
19032 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19033 Run dig program.
19034
19035 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19036
19037 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19038 Run ftp program.
19039
19040 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19041
19042 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19043 Finger USER on HOST.
19044
19045 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19046
19047 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19048 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19049 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19050 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
19051
19052 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19055
19056
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19060 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19061
19062 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19065 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19066
19067 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19068
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709
19072 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19074
19075 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19076 Return a user name/password pair.
19077 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19078 listed in the PORTS list.
19079
19080 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19081
19082 ;;;***
19083 \f
19084 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19085 ;;;;;;  (20770 3512 176098 0))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19087
19088 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19089 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19090 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19091 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19092 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19093 closes it.
19094
19095 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
19096  make it unique.
19097 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19098  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
19099  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19100 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19101 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19102  a port number to connect to.
19103
19104 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19105 values:
19106
19107 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19108   nil or `network'
19109              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19110                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19111                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19112                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
19113                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19114                 an unencrypted connection.
19115   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19116   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19117                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
19118                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19119                 returned object is a killed process.
19120   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
19121   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19122   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
19123
19124 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19125   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
19126   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19127   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19128    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19129    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19130                     or nil if none could be found.
19131    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19132             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19133
19134 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19135
19136 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19137   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19138   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19139
19140 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19141   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
19142   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19143
19144 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19145   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
19146   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19147
19148 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19149   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19150   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19151   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19152
19153 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19154   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19155
19156 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19157   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19158   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19159   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19160   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19161   or STARTTLS connections.
19162
19163 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19164 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19165
19166 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19167   asynchronously, if possible.
19168
19169 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19170
19171 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19172
19173 ;;;***
19174 \f
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19176 ;;;;;;  "net/newst-backend.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19178
19179 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19180 Check whether newsticker is running.
19181 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19182 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19183
19184 \(fn)" nil nil)
19185
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19187 Start the newsticker.
19188 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19189 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19190 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19191 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19192
19193 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19194
19195 ;;;***
19196 \f
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19198 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19200
19201 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19202 Start newsticker plainview.
19203
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19205
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19209 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19211
19212 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19213 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19214
19215 \(fn)" t nil)
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19220 ;;;;;;  "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709 26818 907104
19221 ;;;;;;  0))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19223
19224 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19225 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19226 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19227 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19228 empty.
19229
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19231
19232 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19233 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19234 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19235 running already.
19236
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19238
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19242 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19244
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19246 Start newsticker treeview.
19247
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19249
19250 ;;;***
19251 \f
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19253 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19255
19256 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19257 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19258
19259 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709
19264 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19266
19267 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19268 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19269 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19270 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19271 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19272 symbol in the alist.
19273
19274 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19275
19276 ;;;***
19277 \f
19278 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19279 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19281
19282 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19283 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19284 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19285
19286 \(fn)" t nil)
19287
19288 ;;;***
19289 \f
19290 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19291 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19293
19294 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19295 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19296
19297 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19298
19299 ;;;***
19300 \f
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19302 ;;;;;;  "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19304
19305 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19306
19307 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19308 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19309 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19310
19311 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19312
19313
19314 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19315
19316 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19317 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19318 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19319 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19320 to future sessions.
19321
19322 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19323
19324 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19325 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19326 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19327 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19328 future sessions.
19329
19330 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19331
19332 ;;;***
19333 \f
19334 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19335 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19337
19338 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19339 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19340 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19341 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19342 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19343 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19344
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19346
19347 ;;;***
19348 \f
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19350 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19352
19353 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19354 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19355 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19356 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19357
19358 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19359
19360 ;;;***
19361 \f
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20884
19363 ;;;;;;  6711 386198 0))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19365
19366 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19367 Major mode for editing XML.
19368
19369 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19370 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19371 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19372 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19373 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19374 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19375 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19376
19377 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19378
19379 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19380 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19381
19382 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19383 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19384 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19385 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19386 instead of C-c.
19387
19388 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19389 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19390 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19391 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19392 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19393 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19394
19395 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19396 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19397 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19398
19399 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19400 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19401 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19402
19403 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19404 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19405 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19406 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19407 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19408 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19409 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19410 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19411 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19412
19413 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19414
19415 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19416 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19417
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19419
19420 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19421
19422 ;;;***
19423 \f
19424 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19425 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19427
19428 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19429 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19430 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19431 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19432
19433 \(fn)" t nil)
19434
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave octave-mode) "octave" "progmodes/octave.el"
19438 ;;;;;;  (20905 51752 865679 0))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19440
19441 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19442 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19443
19444 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19445 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface
19446 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function
19447 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19448
19449 \(fn)" t nil)
19450
19451 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19452 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19453 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19454
19455 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19456
19457 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19458 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19459
19460 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19461 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19462 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19463
19464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19465
19466 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19467
19468 ;;;***
19469 \f
19470 ;;;### (autoloads (opascal-mode) "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el"
19471 ;;;;;;  (20858 21542 723007 0))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19473
19474 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19475
19476 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19477 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19478 \\[opascal-find-unit]   - Search for a OPascal source file.
19479 \\[opascal-fill-comment]        - Fill the current comment.
19480 \\[opascal-new-comment-line]    - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19481
19482 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19483
19484 Customization:
19485
19486  `opascal-indent-level'                (default 3)
19487     Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19488  `opascal-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
19489     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19490  `opascal-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
19491     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19492  `opascal-tab-always-indents'          (default `tab-always-indents')
19493     Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19494     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19495  `opascal-search-path'                 (default .)
19496     Directories to search when finding external units.
19497  `opascal-verbose'                     (default nil)
19498     If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19499
19500 Coloring:
19501
19502  `opascal-keyword-face'                (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19503     Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19504
19505 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19506 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19507
19508 \(fn)" t nil)
19509
19510 ;;;***
19511 \f
19512 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19513 ;;;;;;  org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19514 ;;;;;;  org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19515 ;;;;;;  org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19516 ;;;;;;  orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19517 ;;;;;;  turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19518 ;;;;;;  "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19519 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19520
19521 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19522 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19523
19524 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19527 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19528 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19529 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19530 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19531
19532 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19533
19534 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19535 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19536
19537 \(fn)" nil nil)
19538
19539 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19540 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19541
19542 \(fn)" nil nil)
19543
19544 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19545 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19546 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19547
19548 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19549 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19550 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19551 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19552 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19553 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19554 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19555 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19556 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19557 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19558
19559 The following commands are available:
19560
19561 \\{org-mode-map}
19562
19563 \(fn)" t nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19566 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19567
19568 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key.  Its main purpose
19569 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19570 in special contexts.
19571
19572 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19573   buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19574   1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19575   2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19576   3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19577   When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19578   determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19579   properties in the buffer.
19580   When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19581   including any drawers.
19582
19583 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19584
19585 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19586   by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19587   1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19588   2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19589                From this state, you can move to one of the children
19590                and zoom in further.
19591   3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19592   If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19593
19594 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19595   `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19596   of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels.  This
19597   speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19598   times right after creating a new headline.
19599
19600 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19601   a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19602   is negative, go up that many levels.
19603
19604 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19605   binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line.  See the option
19606   `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19607
19608 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19609   no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19610   (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19611   But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19612
19613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19614
19615 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19616 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19617 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19618 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19619
19620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621
19622 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19623 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19624 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19625 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19626 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19627 defined by Org-mode).
19628
19629 M-up        Move entry/item up
19630 M-down      Move entry/item down
19631 M-left      Promote
19632 M-right     Demote
19633 M-S-up      Move entry/item up
19634 M-S-down    Move entry/item down
19635 M-S-left    Promote subtree
19636 M-S-right   Demote subtree
19637 M-q         Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19638 C-c ^       Sort entries
19639 C-c -       Cycle list bullet
19640 TAB         Cycle item visibility
19641 M-RET       Insert new heading/item
19642 S-M-RET     Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19643 C-c C-c     Set tags / toggle checkbox
19644
19645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19646
19647 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19648 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19649
19650 \(fn)" nil nil)
19651
19652 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19653 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19654
19655 \(fn)" nil nil)
19656
19657 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19658 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19659 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19660 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19661 call CMD.
19662
19663 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19664
19665 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19666 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19667 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19668 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19669
19670 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19671 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19672 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19673
19674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19677 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19678 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19679
19680 \(fn)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19683 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19684 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19685 Org-mode syntax.
19686
19687 \(fn)" t nil)
19688
19689 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19690 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19691
19692 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19693
19694 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19695 Switch between Org buffers.
19696 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19697 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19698
19699 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19700 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19701
19702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19703
19704 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19705
19706 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19707
19708 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19709 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19710 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19711 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19716 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19717
19718 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19719
19720 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19721 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19722 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19723
19724 \(fn)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19727 Reload all org lisp files.
19728 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19729
19730 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19731
19732 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19733 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19734
19735 \(fn)" t nil)
19736
19737 ;;;***
19738 \f
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19740 ;;;;;;  org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19741 ;;;;;;  org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19742 ;;;;;;  org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19743 ;;;;;;  org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19744 ;;;;;;  (20847 51240 240216 0))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19748 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19749
19750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19753 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19754 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19755 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19756
19757 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19758 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19759 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19760       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19761 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19762       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19763 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19764 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19765 e     Export views to associated files.
19766 s     Search entries for keywords.
19767 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19768 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19769       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19770 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19771       Press several times to get the desired effect.
19772 >     Remove a previous restriction.
19773 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
19774 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19775 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
19776
19777 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19778 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19779 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19780
19781 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19782 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19783 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19784 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19785 \(if active).
19786
19787 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19790 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19791 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19792 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19793 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19794 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19795 before running the agenda command.
19796
19797 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19798
19799 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19800 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19801 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19802 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19803 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19804 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19805 before running the agenda command.
19806
19807 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
19808 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19809
19810 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19811
19812 category     The category of the item
19813 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19814 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
19815                 todo               selected in TODO match
19816                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
19817                 diary              imported from diary
19818                 deadline           a deadline on given date
19819                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
19820                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
19821                 closed             entry was closed on given date
19822                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
19823                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
19824                 block              entry has date block including g. date
19825 todo         The todo keyword, if any
19826 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19827 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19828 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
19829 extra        Sting with extra planning info
19830 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
19831 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
19832 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
19833
19834 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19835
19836 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19837
19838
19839 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19840
19841 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19842 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19843
19844 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19847 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19848 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19849 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19850
19851 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19852 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19853 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19854
19855 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19856 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19857
19858 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19859
19860 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19861 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19862
19863 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19864 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19865 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19866 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19867 EDIT-AT.
19868
19869 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19870 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19871 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
19872 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19873 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19874 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
19875
19876 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19877 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19878 including newlines.
19879
19880 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19881 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19882 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
19883 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
19884 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19885 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19886 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19887
19888 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19889 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19890 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19891 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19892
19893 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19894 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19895   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19896   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19897 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19898   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19899   Boolean search must match as full words.
19900
19901 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19902 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19903
19904 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19907 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19908 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19909 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19910 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19911 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19912
19913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19914
19915 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19916 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19917 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19918
19919 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19922 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19923 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
19924 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19925 `org-stuck-projects'.
19926
19927 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19928
19929 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19930 Return diary information from org files.
19931 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19932 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19933 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19934 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19935 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19936
19937 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19938
19939    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19940
19941 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
19942 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19943
19944    &%%(org-diary)
19945
19946 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19947 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19948 So the example above may also be written as
19949
19950    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19951
19952 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19953 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
19954 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19955
19956 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19959 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19960 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19961
19962 \(fn)" t nil)
19963
19964 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19965 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19966 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19967 appointments.
19968
19969 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19970 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19971
19972 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19973 for filtering entries out.
19974
19975 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19976 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
19977 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19978
19979 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19980 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
19981
19982   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19983     (category \"Work\"))
19984
19985 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19986 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19987
19988 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19989 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19990 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19991 details and examples.
19992
19993 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19994 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19995
19996 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19997
19998 ;;;***
19999 \f
20000 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20001 ;;;;;;  "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20003
20004 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20005 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20006 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20007 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20008 The return value is a cons cell.  The car is the headline text, usually
20009 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20010 text.  The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20011 in org-export-latex-classes.
20012
20013 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20016 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20017
20018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20019
20020 ;;;***
20021 \f
20022 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20023 ;;;;;;  org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20024 ;;;;;;  59703 12265 0))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20028
20029
20030 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20033 Capture something.
20034 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20035 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20036 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
20037 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20038 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20039 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20040
20041 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20042 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20043 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20044 stored.
20045
20046 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20047
20048 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20049 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
20050 will be bypassed.
20051
20052 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20053 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20054
20055 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20056
20057 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20058 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20059
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20061
20062 ;;;***
20063 \f
20064 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20065 ;;;;;;  org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20066 ;;;;;;  410005 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20068
20069 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20070 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20071 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20072
20073 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20074
20075 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20076 Write the column view table.
20077 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20078
20079 :width    enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20080 :id       the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20081           should be built.  When the symbol `local', call locally.
20082           When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20083           of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20084           to column view).  When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20085           view at the start of that file.  Otherwise, the ID is located
20086           using `org-id-find'.
20087 :hlines   When t, insert a hline before each item.  When a number, insert
20088           a hline before each level <= that number.
20089 :vlines   When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20090 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20091 :skip-empty-rows
20092           When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20093 :format   When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20094
20095 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20096
20097 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20098 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20099
20100 \(fn)" t nil)
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20103 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20104
20105 \(fn)" t nil)
20106
20107 ;;;***
20108 \f
20109 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20110 ;;;;;;  (20723 59703 12265 0))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20114 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20115
20116 \(fn)" nil t)
20117
20118 ;;;***
20119 \f
20120 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20121 ;;;;;;  (20783 15545 430927 0))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20123
20124 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20125 The release version of org-mode.
20126   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20127
20128 \(fn)" nil nil)
20129
20130 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20131 The Git version of org-mode.
20132   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20133
20134 \(fn)" nil nil)
20135
20136 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20137 The location of ODT styles.")
20138
20139 ;;;***
20140 \f
20141 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20142 ;;;;;;  (20773 35190 350513 0))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20144 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20145 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20146
20147 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20148 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20149 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20150 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20151
20152 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20153 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
20154 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20155 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20156
20157 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20158 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
20159 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
20160 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
20161 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
20162 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
20163
20164 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
20165 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
20166 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20167
20168 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20169 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20170 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20171 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20172 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
20173                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20174                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20175 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
20176 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
20177 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20178                      The subheadings remain visible.
20179 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20180
20181 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20182 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20183 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20184
20185 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20186 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20187
20188 \(fn)" t nil)
20189
20190 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20191 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20193 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20195
20196 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20197
20198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20199 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20200
20201 ;;;***
20202 \f
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20204 ;;;;;;  package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20205 ;;;;;;  package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20206 ;;;;;;  (20882 3877 904124 0))
20207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20208
20209 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20210 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20211 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20212 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
20213 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20214
20215 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20216 activate the package system at any time.")
20217
20218 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20219
20220 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20221 Install the package named NAME.
20222 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20223 archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20224
20225 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20226
20227 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20228 Install a package from the current buffer.
20229 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20230 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20231 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20232
20233 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20234 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20235 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20236
20237 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20238
20239 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20240 Install a package from a file.
20241 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20242
20243 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20244
20245 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20246 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20247 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20248 makes them available for download.
20249
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20251
20252 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20253 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20254 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20255 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20256
20257 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20258
20259 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20260 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20261
20262 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20263
20264 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20265 Display a list of packages.
20266 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20267 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20268 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20269
20270 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20271
20272 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20273
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815
20277 ;;;;;;  695483 0))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20279
20280 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20281 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20282 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20285 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20286
20287 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20288
20289 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20290 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20292 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20294
20295 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
20296 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20297 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20298
20299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20300
20301 ;;;***
20302 \f
20303 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20304 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20306 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20307
20308 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20309 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20310 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20311 unknown are returned as nil.
20312
20313 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20314
20315 ;;;***
20316 \f
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870
20318 ;;;;;;  12718 549931 0))
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20320
20321 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20322 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20323 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20324
20325 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20326 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20327
20328 Other useful functions are:
20329
20330 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
20331 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20332 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20333 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20334 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20335 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20336 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20337 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20338 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20339
20340 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20341
20342  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20343     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20344  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20345     Indentation for case statements.
20346  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20347     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20348     mark after an end.
20349  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20350     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20351  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20352     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20353     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20354  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20355     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20356     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20357  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20358     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20359
20360 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20361 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20362
20363 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20364 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20365
20366 \(fn)" t nil)
20367
20368 ;;;***
20369 \f
20370 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20371 ;;;;;;  "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104
20372 ;;;;;;  0))
20373 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20374
20375 (defvar password-cache t "\
20376 Whether to cache passwords.")
20377
20378 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20379
20380 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20381 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20382 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20383
20384 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20385
20386 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20387 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20388
20389 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20390
20391 ;;;***
20392 \f
20393 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20394 ;;;;;;  (20717 20920 410005 0))
20395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20396
20397 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20398 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20399 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20400
20401 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20402   _             matches anything.
20403   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20404   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20405   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
20406   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20407   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20408   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20409   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20410   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20411 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20412 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20413
20414 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20415   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20416   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20417   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20418   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20419 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20420
20421 PRED can take the form
20422   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
20423   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20424                         which is the value being matched.
20425 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20426 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20427 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20428 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20429 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20430
20431 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20432
20433 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20436 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20437 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20438 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20439
20440 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20441
20442 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20445 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20446 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20447 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20448
20449 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20450
20451 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20452
20453 ;;;***
20454 \f
20455 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709
20456 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20458
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20460 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20461
20462 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463
20464 ;;;***
20465 \f
20466 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20467 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20469
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20471 Completion for `gzip'.
20472
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20476 Completion for `bzip2'.
20477
20478 \(fn)" nil nil)
20479
20480 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20481 Completion for GNU `make'.
20482
20483 \(fn)" nil nil)
20484
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20486 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20487
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489
20490 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20491
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20495 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20497
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20499 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20500
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20502
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20504 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20505
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20507
20508 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20509 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20510
20511 \(fn)" nil nil)
20512
20513 ;;;***
20514 \f
20515 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709
20516 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20517 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20518
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20520 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20521
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20523
20524 ;;;***
20525 \f
20526 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20527 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20528 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20529 ;;;;;;  0))
20530 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20531
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20533 Completion for `cd'.
20534
20535 \(fn)" nil nil)
20536
20537 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20538
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20540 Completion for `rmdir'.
20541
20542 \(fn)" nil nil)
20543
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20545 Completion for `rm'.
20546
20547 \(fn)" nil nil)
20548
20549 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20550 Completion for `xargs'.
20551
20552 \(fn)" nil nil)
20553
20554 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20555
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20557 Completion for `which'.
20558
20559 \(fn)" nil nil)
20560
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20562 Completion for the `chown' command.
20563
20564 \(fn)" nil nil)
20565
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20567 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20568
20569 \(fn)" nil nil)
20570
20571 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20572 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20573
20574 \(fn)" nil nil)
20575
20576 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20577 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20578 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20579
20580 \(fn)" nil nil)
20581
20582 ;;;***
20583 \f
20584 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/ack pcomplete/tlmgr) "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el"
20585 ;;;;;;  (20837 15398 184639 0))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20587
20588 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20589 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20590
20591 \(fn)" nil nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20594 Completion for the `ack' command.
20595 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20596 long options.
20597
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20599
20600 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20601
20602 ;;;***
20603 \f
20604 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20605 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20606 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709
20607 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20611 Support extensible programmable completion.
20612 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20613 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20614
20615 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20618 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20619
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20623 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20624 This will modify the current buffer.
20625
20626 \(fn)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20629 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20630
20631 \(fn)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20634 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20635 This will modify the current buffer.
20636
20637 \(fn)" t nil)
20638
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20640 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20641
20642 \(fn)" t nil)
20643
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20645 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20646
20647 \(fn)" t nil)
20648
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20650 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20651 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20652 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20653 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20654
20655 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20656
20657 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20658 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20659
20660 \(fn)" nil nil)
20661
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20665 ;;;;;;  cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20666 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20668
20669 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20670 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20671 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20672 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20673
20674 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20675
20676 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20679 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20680 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20681 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20682   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20683 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20684 FLAGS is ignored.
20685
20686 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20687
20688 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20689 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20690 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20691 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20692 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20693 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20694   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20695 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20696
20697 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20698
20699 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20700 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20701 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20702 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20703 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20704   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20705 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20706   passed to cvs.
20707
20708 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20709
20710 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20711 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20712 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20713 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20714 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20715   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20716 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20717
20718 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20719
20720 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20721 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20722 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20723
20724 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20725
20726 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20727 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20728 A value of nil means never do it.
20729 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20730   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20731 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20732
20733 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20734
20735 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20736 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20737 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20738
20739 ;;;***
20740 \f
20741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20742 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20744
20745 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20746 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20747
20748 ;;;***
20749 \f
20750 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20751 ;;;;;;  (20873 17019 382960 343000))
20752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20753 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20754 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20755 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20759
20760 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20761 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20762 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20763 Tab indents for Perl code.
20764 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20765 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20767 \\{perl-mode-map}
20768 Variables controlling indentation style:
20769  `perl-tab-always-indent'
20770     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20771     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20772  `perl-tab-to-comment'
20773     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20774     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20775     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20776  `perl-nochange'
20777     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20778  `perl-indent-level'
20779     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20780     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20781     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20782  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20783     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20784     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20785  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20786     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20787     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20788  `perl-brace-offset'
20789     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20790  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20791     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20792     this far to the right of the start of its line.
20793  `perl-label-offset'
20794     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20795  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20796     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20797
20798 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20799   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20800   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20801   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20802   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20803   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20804   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20805
20806 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20807
20808 \(fn)" t nil)
20809
20810 ;;;***
20811 \f
20812 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20813 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20815
20816 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20817 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20818 \\<picture-mode-map>
20819 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20820 afterwards settable by these commands:
20821
20822  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20823  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20824  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20825  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20826
20827  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20828  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20829  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20830  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20831
20832  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20833  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20834  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20835  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20836
20837 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20838 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20839 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20840 with these commands:
20841
20842  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20843  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20844  Move to column following last
20845   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20846  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20847  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20848  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20849  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20850  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20851
20852 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20853
20854  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20855   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20856  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20857  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20858    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20859  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20860
20861 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20862  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20863  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
20864  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20865  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20866   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20867  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20868
20869 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20870   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20871   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20872   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20873   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20874   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20875   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20876   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
20877
20878 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20879 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20880 by supplying an argument.
20881
20882 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20883
20884 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20885 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20886
20887 \(fn)" t nil)
20888
20889 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20890
20891 ;;;***
20892 \f
20893 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20894 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20896
20897 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20898 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20899
20900 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20901
20902 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20903 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20904
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20906
20907 ;;;***
20908 \f
20909 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20910 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20912
20913 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20914 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20915 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20916
20917 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20918
20919 ;;;***
20920 \f
20921 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104
20922 ;;;;;;  0))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20924
20925 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20926 Play pong and waste time.
20927 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20928 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20929
20930 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20931
20932 \\{pong-mode-map}
20933
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20935
20936 ;;;***
20937 \f
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818
20939 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20941
20942 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20943 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20944 Use streaming commands.
20945
20946 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20947
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20951 ;;;;;;  pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20952 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20954
20955 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20956 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20957 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
20958 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20959
20960 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20961
20962 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20963 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20964
20965 \(fn)" nil nil)
20966
20967 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20968 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20969 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20970 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20971 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20972
20973 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20976 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20977 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20978
20979 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20980
20981 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20982 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20983
20984 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20987 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20988 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20989 Ignores leading comment characters.
20990
20991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20992
20993 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20994 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20995 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20996 Ignores leading comment characters.
20997
20998 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20999
21000 ;;;***
21001 \f
21002 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21003 ;;;;;;  pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21004 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21005 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21006 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21007 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21008 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21009 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21010 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21011 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21012 ;;;;;;  pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21013 ;;;;;;  pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21014 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21015 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21016 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21017 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21018 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21019 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21020 ;;;;;;  (20891 44219 680764 0))
21021 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21022
21023 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21024 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21025
21026 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21027
21028 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21029
21030 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21033 Preview directory using ghostview.
21034
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21036 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21037 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21038 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21039
21040 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21041 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21042 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21043 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21044 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21045 file name.
21046
21047 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21048
21049 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21052 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21053
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21055 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21056 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21057 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21058
21059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21060 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21061 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21062 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21063 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21064 file name.
21065
21066 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21067
21068 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21071 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21072
21073 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21074 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21075 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21076 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21077
21078 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21079 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21080 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21081 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21082 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21083 file name.
21084
21085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21090 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21091
21092 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21093
21094 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21095 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21096 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21097 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21098
21099 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21100 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21101 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21102 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21103 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21104 file name.
21105
21106 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21107
21108 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21111 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21112
21113 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21114 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21115 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21116
21117 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21118 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21119 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21120 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21121
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21126
21127 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21128 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21129 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21130
21131 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21132 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21133 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21134 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21139 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21140
21141 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21142 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21143 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21144
21145 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21146 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21147 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21148 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21149
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21153 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21154
21155 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21156
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21158 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21159 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21160
21161 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21162 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21163 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21164 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21165
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21169 Preview region using ghostview.
21170
21171 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21172
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21176 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21177
21178 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21179
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21183 Print region using PostScript printer.
21184
21185 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21186
21187 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21190 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21191
21192 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21193
21194 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21197 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21198
21199 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21200
21201 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21202
21203 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21204 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21205
21206 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21207
21208 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21209
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21211 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21212
21213 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21214
21215 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21216
21217 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21218 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21219
21220 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21221
21222 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21228
21229 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21230 matching.
21231
21232 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21233 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21234
21235 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21236
21237 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21240 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21241 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21242 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21247 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21248 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21249 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21254 Print directory using text printer.
21255
21256 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21257 matching.
21258
21259 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21260 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21261
21262 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21263
21264 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21267 Print buffer using text printer.
21268
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21272 Print region using text printer.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21277 Print major mode using text printer.
21278
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21280
21281 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21282 Preview spooled PostScript.
21283
21284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21285 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21286 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21287
21288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21289 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21290 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21291
21292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21295 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21296
21297 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21298 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21299 instead of sending it to the printer.
21300
21301 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21302 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21303 image in a file with that name.
21304
21305 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21308 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21309
21310 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21311 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21312 instead of sending it to the printer.
21313
21314 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21315 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21316 image in a file with that name.
21317
21318 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21319
21320 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21321 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21322
21323 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21324 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21325 instead of sending it to the printer.
21326
21327 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21328 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21329 image in a file with that name.
21330
21331 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21334 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21335
21336 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21339 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21340
21341 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21342
21343 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21344 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21345
21346 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21347
21348 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21349 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21350
21351 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21352
21353 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21354 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21355
21356 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21357
21358 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21359 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21360
21361 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21362 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21363 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21364 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21365
21366 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21367 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21368 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21369 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21370 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21371 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21372 file name.
21373
21374 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21377 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21382 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21383
21384 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21385 right.
21386 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21387 bottom.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21392 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21397 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21402 Toggle printing with faces.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21407 Toggle spooling.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21412 Toggle duplex.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21417 Toggle tumble.
21418
21419 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21420 right.
21421 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21422 bottom.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21427 Toggle landscape.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21432 Toggle upside-down.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21437 Toggle line number.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21442 Toggle zebra stripes.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21447 Toggle printing header.
21448
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21452 Toggle printing header frame.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21457 Toggle menu lock.
21458
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21462 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21463
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21467 Toggle auto mode.
21468
21469 \(fn)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21472 Customization of the `printing' group.
21473
21474 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21477 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21478
21479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21482 Help for the printing package.
21483
21484 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21485
21486 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21487 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21488
21489 \(fn)" t nil)
21490
21491 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21492 Interactively select a text printer.
21493
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21497 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21498
21499 \(fn)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21502 Show current ps-print settings.
21503
21504 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21505
21506 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21507 Show current printing settings.
21508
21509 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21510
21511 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21512 Show current lpr settings.
21513
21514 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21515
21516 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21517 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21518
21519 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21520 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21521 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21522 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21523
21524
21525 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21526
21527    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21528       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21529       immediately be done using the current active printer.
21530
21531    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21532    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21533       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21534       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21535       current active printer.
21536
21537    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21538       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21539       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21540       printer.
21541
21542    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21543       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21544       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21545       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21546       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21547
21548
21549 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21550 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21551
21552    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21553
21554    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21555    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21556    be done using the new current active printer.
21557
21558    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21559    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21560    printer.
21561
21562    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21563    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21564    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21565    instead of sending it to the printer.
21566
21567    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21568    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21569    printer.
21570
21571    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21572
21573
21574 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21575 are both set to t.
21576
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21580 Fast fire function for text printing.
21581
21582 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21583 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21584 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21585 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21586
21587 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21588 user for a new active text printer.
21589
21590 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21591
21592    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21593
21594    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21595    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21596    printer.
21597
21598    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21599
21600 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21601 are both set to t.
21602
21603 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21604
21605 ;;;***
21606 \f
21607 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104
21608 ;;;;;;  0))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21610
21611 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21612 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21613 \\<proced-mode-map>
21614 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21615 the process information.
21616
21617 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21618
21619 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21620 Proced buffers.
21621
21622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21623
21624 ;;;***
21625 \f
21626 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21627 ;;;;;;  profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21628 ;;;;;;  (20824 3367 300658 0))
21629 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21630
21631 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21632 Start/restart profilers.
21633 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21634 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21635 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21636
21637 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21638
21639 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21640 Open profile FILENAME.
21641
21642 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21643
21644 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21645 Open profile FILENAME.
21646
21647 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21650 Open profile FILENAME.
21651
21652 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21653
21654 ;;;***
21655 \f
21656 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21657 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/prolog.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
21658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21659
21660 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21661 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21662
21663 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
21664 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21665
21666 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21667
21668 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21669 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21670
21671 Commands:
21672 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21673 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21674 if that value is non-nil.
21675
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21677
21678 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21679 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21680 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21681
21682 \(fn)" t nil)
21683
21684 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21685 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21686 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21687
21688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21689
21690 ;;;***
21691 \f
21692 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799
21693 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
21694 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21695
21696 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21697 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21698 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21699
21700 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21701
21702 ;;;***
21703 \f
21704 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777
21705 ;;;;;;  63161 848428 0))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21707
21708 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21709 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21710
21711 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21712
21713 The following variables hold user options, and can
21714 be set through the `customize' command:
21715
21716   `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21717   `ps-mode-tab'
21718   `ps-mode-paper-size'
21719   `ps-mode-print-function'
21720   `ps-run-prompt'
21721   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21722   `ps-run-x'
21723   `ps-run-dumb'
21724   `ps-run-init'
21725   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21726   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21727
21728 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21729
21730
21731 \\{ps-mode-map}
21732
21733
21734 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21735 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21736 The keymap for this second window is:
21737
21738 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21739
21740
21741 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21742 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21743 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21744 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21745 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21746
21747 \(fn)" t nil)
21748
21749 ;;;***
21750 \f
21751 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21752 ;;;;;;  ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21753 ;;;;;;  ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21754 ;;;;;;  ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21755 ;;;;;;  ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21756 ;;;;;;  ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20874
21757 ;;;;;;  65006 672942 217000))
21758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21759
21760 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21761 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21762 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21763
21764 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21765
21766 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21767 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21768 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21769 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21770
21771 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21772
21773 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21774 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21775
21776 Valid values are:
21777
21778    nil          Do not print colors.
21779
21780    t            Print colors.
21781
21782    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
21783                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21784
21785 Any other value is treated as t.")
21786
21787 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21788
21789 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21790 Customization of ps-print group.
21791
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21796
21797 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21798 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21799 sending it to the printer.
21800
21801 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21802 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21803 image in a file with that name.
21804
21805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21806
21807 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21808 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21809 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21810 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21811 so it has a way to determine color values.
21812
21813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21814
21815 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21816 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21817 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21818
21819 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21822 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21823 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21824 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21825 so it has a way to determine color values.
21826
21827 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21828
21829 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21830 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21831 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21832 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21833
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21835
21836 \(fn)" t nil)
21837
21838 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21839 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21840 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21841 information in the generated image.  This command works only if you are using
21842 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21843
21844 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21845
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21847
21848 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21849 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21850 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21851
21852 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21853
21854 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21857 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21858 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21859 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21860 so it has a way to determine color values.
21861
21862 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21863
21864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21867 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21868
21869 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21870 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21871 instead of sending it to the printer.
21872
21873 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21874 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21875 image in a file with that name.
21876
21877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21878
21879 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21880 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21881 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21882 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21883 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21884
21885 \(fn)" t nil)
21886
21887 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21888 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21889 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21890
21891 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21892
21893 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21894 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21895 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21896
21897 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21900 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21901
21902 \(fn)" nil nil)
21903
21904 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21905 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21906
21907 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21908 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21909
21910 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21911 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21912
21913 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21914
21915 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21916
21917 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21918
21919 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21920 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21921
21922 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21923 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21924
21925 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21926 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21927
21928 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21929
21930    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21931
21932 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21933
21934 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21935 foreground and background colors respectively.
21936
21937 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21938    bold      - use bold font.
21939    italic    - use italic font.
21940    underline - put a line under text.
21941    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21942    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21943    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21944    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21945    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21946
21947 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21948
21949 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21950
21951 ;;;***
21952 \f
21953 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21954 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 672942 217000))
21955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21956
21957 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21958
21959 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21960
21961 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21962 Run an inferior Python process.
21963 Input and output via buffer named after
21964 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
21965 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21966
21967 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21968 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21969 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
21970 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21971
21972 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21973 `comint-mode-hook' is run).  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21974 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21975
21976 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21977
21978 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21979 Major mode for editing Python files.
21980
21981 \\{python-mode-map}
21982 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21983 if that value is non-nil.
21984
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21986
21987 ;;;***
21988 \f
21989 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21990 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21992
21993 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21994 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21995 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21996 coding-system.
21997
21998 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21999 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22000
22001 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22002 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
22003 them into characters should be done separately.
22004
22005 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22006
22007 ;;;***
22008 \f
22009 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22010 ;;;;;;  quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22011 ;;;;;;  quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22012 ;;;;;;  quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22013 ;;;;;;  "international/quail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22015
22016 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22017 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22018
22019 \(fn)" nil nil)
22020
22021 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22022 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22023 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22024
22025 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22026 `quail-activate', which see.
22027
22028 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22029
22030 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22031 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22032 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22033 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22034  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22035  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22036  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22037
22038 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22039 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22040  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22041 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
22042  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22043  shown.
22044 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22045
22046 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
22047 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22048 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
22049 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22050 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22051 list of candidates.
22052
22053 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22054 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22055 command to be called.
22056
22057 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22058 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
22059 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22060 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22061
22062 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22063 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22064 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
22065 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22066 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22067 to t.
22068
22069 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22070 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
22071 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22072 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22073
22074 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22075 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22076 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22077 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22078
22079 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
22080 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22081 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22082 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22083 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22084 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22085
22086 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22087 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
22088 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22089 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
22090 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
22091 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22092
22093 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22094 covers Quail translation region.
22095
22096 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22097 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
22098 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22099 for it) is inserted.
22100
22101 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22102 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
22103 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22104
22105 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22106 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22107 non-Quail commands.
22108
22109 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22112 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22113
22114 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22115 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22116 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
22117 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22118 you type is correctly handled.
22119
22120 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22121
22122 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22123 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22124
22125 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22126 keyboard type.
22127
22128 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22129
22130 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22131 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22132 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22133 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22134 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22135 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22136 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22137 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22138   for the translation.
22139 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22140
22141 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22142  it is used to handle KEY.
22143
22144 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22145 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22146 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
22147 the following annotation types are supported.
22148
22149   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22150         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22151
22152   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22153         candidate list.
22154
22155   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22156         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
22157         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22158         inserted.
22159
22160   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22161         generated for the following translations.
22162
22163 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22164
22165 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22166 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22167
22168 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22169 which to install MAP.
22170
22171 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22172
22173 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22174
22175 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22176 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22177
22178 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22179 which to install MAP.
22180
22181 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22182
22183 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22184
22185 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22186 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22187 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22188 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22189  a function, or a cons.
22190 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22191 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22192 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22193  for the translation.
22194 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22195  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22196  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
22197  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22198 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22199
22200 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22201  it is used to handle KEY.
22202
22203 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22204 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
22205 current Quail package.
22206
22207 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22208 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22209
22210 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22211
22212 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22213 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22214
22215 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22216 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22217
22218 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22219
22220 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
22221 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22222
22223 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22224
22225 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22226 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22227 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22228 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22229 of the Emacs source tree.
22230
22231 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22232 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22233
22234 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22235 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22236 of each directory.
22237
22238 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22239
22240 ;;;***
22241 \f
22242 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22243 ;;;;;;  quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22244 ;;;;;;  quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20799
22245 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22247
22248 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22249 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22250 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22251 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22252
22253 To make use of this do something like:
22254
22255   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22256
22257 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22258
22259 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22260 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22261
22262 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22263 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22264 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22265
22266 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22267
22268 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22269 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22270
22271 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22272
22273 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22274 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22275
22276 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22277 is decided.
22278
22279 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22280
22281 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22282 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22283
22284 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22285 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22286 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22287
22288 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22289
22290 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22291 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22292
22293 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22294
22295 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22296 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22297
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22301 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22302
22303 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22304
22305 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22306
22307 \(fn)" t nil)
22308
22309 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22310 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22311
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22313
22314 ;;;***
22315 \f
22316 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22317 ;;;;;;  "net/rcirc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22319
22320 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22321 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22322
22323 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22324
22325 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22326
22327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22328
22329 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22330
22331 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22332
22333
22334 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22335
22336 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22337 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22338 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22341 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22342
22343 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22346 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22348 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22349 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22350
22351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22352
22353 ;;;***
22354 \f
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709
22356 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
22357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22358
22359 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22360 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
22361 See \\[compile].
22362
22363 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22364
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22368 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22370
22371 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22372
22373 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22374 Construct a regexp interactively.
22375 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22376 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22377 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22378
22379 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22380 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22381
22382 \(fn)" t nil)
22383
22384 ;;;***
22385 \f
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574
22387 ;;;;;;  214287 0))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22389
22390 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22391 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22392 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22395 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22396
22397 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22398
22399 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22400 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22402 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22403 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22404
22405 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22406 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22407 were operated on recently.
22408
22409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22410
22411 ;;;***
22412 \f
22413 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22414 ;;;;;;  string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22415 ;;;;;;  insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22416 ;;;;;;  extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22417 ;;;;;;  "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22419
22420 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22422 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22423 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22424 ends.
22425
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22428 to be deleted.
22429
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22434 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22435
22436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22438 deleted.
22439
22440 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22441
22442 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22443 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22444 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22445
22446 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22447
22448 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22449 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22450
22451 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22452 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22453
22454 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22455 deleted.
22456
22457 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22458 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22459 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22460 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22461 even beep.)
22462
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22466 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22467
22468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22469
22470 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22471 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22472
22473 \(fn)" t nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22477 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22478 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22479 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22480 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22481 and point is at the lower right corner.
22482
22483 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22484
22485 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22487
22488 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22489 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22490
22491 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22492 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22493 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22494
22495 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22496
22497 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22498
22499 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22500 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22501 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22502 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22503 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22504
22505 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22506 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22507
22508 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22509
22510 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22512 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22513
22514 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22515
22516 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22517
22518 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22519
22520 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22521 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22522
22523 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22525 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22526
22527 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22530 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22531 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22532
22533 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22534 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22535 rectangle which were empty.
22536
22537 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22538
22539 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22540 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22541
22542 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22543 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22544 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
22545 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22546
22547 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22548
22549 ;;;***
22550 \f
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884
22552 ;;;;;;  7264 912957 506000))
22553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22554
22555 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22556 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22558 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22560
22561 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
22562 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
22563 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22564 auto-filling.
22565
22566 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22567
22568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22569
22570 ;;;***
22571 \f
22572 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22573 ;;;;;;  turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20895 15912
22574 ;;;;;;  444844 0))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22576
22577 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22578 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22579
22580 \(fn)" nil nil)
22581
22582 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22583 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22584
22585 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22586 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22587
22588 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22589 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22590 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22591 \\ref macro.
22592
22593 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22594 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22595 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22596
22597 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22598 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22599 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22600
22601 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22602 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22603
22604 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22605 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22606
22607 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22608 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22609 on the menu bar.
22610
22611 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22612
22613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22614
22615 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22616 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22617 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22618
22619 \(fn)" nil nil)
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22624 ;;;;;;  (20838 36262 626321 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22626
22627 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22628 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22629 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22630 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22631 matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
22632 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22633
22634 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22635
22636 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22637
22638 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22639 cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22640 citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22641 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22642 `reftex-cite-format'.
22643
22644 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22645 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22646 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22647 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22648
22649 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22650
22651 ;;;***
22652 \f
22653 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22654 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22656
22657 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22658 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22659 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22660 the current TeX document.
22661
22662 With no argument, this command toggles
22663 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22664 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22665
22666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22667
22668 ;;;***
22669 \f
22670 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22671 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22673
22674 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22675 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22676 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22677
22678 To insert new phrases, use
22679  - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22680  - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22681
22682 To index phrases use one of:
22683
22684 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
22685 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22686 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
22687 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
22688 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
22689
22690 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22691 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22692
22693 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22694
22695 Here are all local bindings.
22696
22697 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22698
22699 \(fn)" t nil)
22700
22701 ;;;***
22702 \f
22703 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22704 ;;;;;;  (20895 15912 444844 0))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22706
22707 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22708 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22709 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22710 of master file.
22711
22712 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22713
22714 ;;;***
22715 \f
22716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22717 ;;;;;;  15912 444844 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22719 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22720 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22721 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22722 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22723
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22727 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22729
22730 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22731 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22732 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22733 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22734 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22735 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22736
22737  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22738    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22739
22740 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22741 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22742 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22743 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22744
22745 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22746
22747 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22748 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22749 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22750 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22751
22752 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22753
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22757 ;;;;;;  remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22758 ;;;;;;  (20874 65006 672942 217000))
22759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22760
22761 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22762 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22763 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22764 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22765
22766 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22767
22768 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22771 Call `remember' in another frame.
22772
22773 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22774
22775 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22776 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22777 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22778
22779 \(fn)" t nil)
22780
22781 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22782 Extract diary entries from the region.
22783
22784 \(fn)" nil nil)
22785
22786 ;;;***
22787 \f
22788 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104
22789 ;;;;;;  0))
22790 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22791
22792 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22793 Repeat most recently executed command.
22794 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22795 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
22796 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22797
22798 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22799 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22800 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22801 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22802
22803 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
22804 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22805 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22806
22807 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22808
22809 ;;;***
22810 \f
22811 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22812 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22814
22815 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22816 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22817
22818 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22819 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22820 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22821 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22822 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22823 and point is left after the salutation.
22824
22825 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22826 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22827 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22828 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22829 left after that text.
22830
22831 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22832 is non-nil.
22833
22834 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22835 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22836 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22837 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22838
22839 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22844 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22846
22847 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22848 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22849 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22850 visibility of comments that precede it.
22851   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22852   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22853 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22854 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22855 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22856 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22857   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22858 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22859 the comment lines.
22860   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22861 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22862 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22863 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22864 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22865
22866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22867
22868 ;;;***
22869 \f
22870 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22871 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22873
22874 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22875 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22877 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22878 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22879
22880 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
22881 reveals invisible text around point.
22882
22883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22884
22885 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22886 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22887 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22889 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22890 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22891
22892 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22893
22894 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22895 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22896 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22897
22898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22899 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22901
22902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22903
22904 ;;;***
22905 \f
22906 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22907 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22909
22910 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22911 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22912
22913 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22914
22915 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22916 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22917
22918 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22919
22920 ;;;***
22921 \f
22922 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024
22923 ;;;;;;  645978 0))
22924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22925
22926 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22927 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22928 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22929 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22930
22931 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22932
22933 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22934 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22935 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22936 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22937
22938 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22939 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22940
22941 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22942 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22943
22944 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22945 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22946 INPUT-ARGS.
22947
22948 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22949 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22950 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22951 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22952 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22953
22954 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22955 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22956 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22957 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
22958
22959 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22960 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22961 variable.
22962
22963 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22964
22965 ;;;***
22966 \f
22967 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22968 ;;;;;;  rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22969 ;;;;;;  rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22970 ;;;;;;  rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22971 ;;;;;;  rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22972 ;;;;;;  rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20892 39729 858825
22973 ;;;;;;  0))
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22975
22976 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22977 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22978
22979 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22980
22981 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22982
22983 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22984 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22985 Its name should end with a slash.")
22986
22987 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22988 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22989
22990 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22991 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22992 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22993
22994 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22995
22996 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22997 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22998 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22999 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
23000 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23001 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23002 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23003
23004 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23005 sent by you under different user names.
23006 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23007
23008 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23009
23010 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23011
23012 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23013
23014 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23015 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23016 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23017 explicitly.")
23018
23019 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23020
23021 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23022 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23023 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23024 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23025 which normally happens once for each message,
23026 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23027 To make a change in this variable take effect
23028 for a message that you have already viewed,
23029 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23030
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23032
23033 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23034 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23035 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23036 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23037
23038 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23039
23040 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23041 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23042
23043 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23044
23045 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23046 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23047 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23048
23049 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23050
23051 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23052 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23053 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
23054 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23055 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23056 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23057
23058 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23059
23060 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23061 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23062
23063 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23064
23065 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23066 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23067
23068 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23069
23070 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23071 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23072
23073 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23074 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23075
23076 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23077
23078 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23079 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23080
23081 This is set to nil by default.")
23082
23083 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23084 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23085 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23086 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23087 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23088 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
23089 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23090
23091 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23092 Read and edit incoming mail.
23093 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23094 file in RMAIL Mode.
23095 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23096
23097 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23098 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23099 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23100 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23101
23102 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23103
23104 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23105
23106 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23107 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23108 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23109 Instead, these commands are available:
23110
23111 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
23112 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
23113 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
23114 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23115 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
23116 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23117 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23118 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23119 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23120 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23121 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23122 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
23123 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23124 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23125 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
23126         till a deleted message is found.
23127 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23128 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
23129 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
23130 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23131 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23132 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23133 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23134 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23135 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23136 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
23137 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
23138 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23139 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23140 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
23141 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
23142 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
23143 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
23144 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
23145           (label defaults to last one specified).
23146           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23147           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23148 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
23149 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23150 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23151 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23152 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23153 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23154 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23155
23156 \(fn)" t nil)
23157
23158 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23159 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23160
23161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23162
23163 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23164 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23165
23166 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23167
23168 ;;;***
23169 \f
23170 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23171 ;;;;;;  rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23172 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23174 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23175
23176 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23177 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23178 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23179 case it writes Babyl.
23180
23181 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23182 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
23183 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23184 `rmail-default-file'.
23185
23186 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23187 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
23188 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23189
23190 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23191 the header display is currently pruned.
23192
23193 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23194 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23195 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23196 messages after output.
23197
23198 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23199 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23200 message (if writing a file directly).
23201
23202 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23203 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23204
23205 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23206
23207 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23208 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23209 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23210   i) the header is output as currently seen
23211  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23212 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23213
23214 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23215 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
23216 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23217
23218 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23219
23220 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23221 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23222 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23223 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
23224 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23225 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23226 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23227
23228 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23229 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
23230 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23231
23232 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23233
23234 ;;;***
23235 \f
23236 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23237 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23239
23240 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23241 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23242 Return a pattern.
23243
23244 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23245
23246 ;;;***
23247 \f
23248 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23249 ;;;;;;  (20813 33065 721081 0))
23250 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23251
23252 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23253 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23254 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23255 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23256
23257 \(fn)" t nil)
23258
23259 ;;;***
23260 \f
23261 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23262 ;;;;;;  (20884 6711 386198 0))
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23264
23265 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23266 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23267
23268 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23269 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23270 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
23271 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23272 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
23273 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23274 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23275 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
23276 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23277 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23278
23279 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23280 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
23281 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23282 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
23283 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23284 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
23285 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23286 to use for finding the schema.
23287
23288 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23289
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709
23293 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23295
23296 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23297
23298 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23299 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23300 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
23301 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23302 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23303 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23304 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23305 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
23306 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23307 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
23308 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23309 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
23310 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23311 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23312 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23313 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23314 must be equal.
23315
23316 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23317
23318 ;;;***
23319 \f
23320 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23321 ;;;;;;  "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23323
23324 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23325 Define a robin package.
23326
23327 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23328 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23329 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23330 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
23331
23332 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23333 one replaces the old one.
23334
23335 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23336
23337 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23338 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23339
23340 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23341 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23342 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23343
23344 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23345
23346 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23347 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23348
23349 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23350
23351 ;;;***
23352 \f
23353 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23354 ;;;;;;  rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104
23355 ;;;;;;  0))
23356 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23357
23358 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23359 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23360
23361 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23362
23363 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23364 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23365
23366 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23367
23368 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23369 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23370
23371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23372
23373 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23374 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23375 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23376
23377 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23378 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23379 in ROT13.
23380
23381 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23382
23383 \(fn)" t nil)
23384
23385 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23386 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23387
23388 \(fn)" t nil)
23389
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23393 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 912957 506000))
23394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23395  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23396
23397 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23398 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23399 \\<rst-mode-map>
23400
23401 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23402 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
23403 highlighting.
23404
23405 \\{rst-mode-map}
23406
23407 \(fn)" t nil)
23408
23409 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23410 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23412 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23413 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23414
23415 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23416 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
23417 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23418
23419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23420
23421 ;;;***
23422 \f
23423 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23424 ;;;;;;  (20905 51752 865679 0))
23425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23426
23427 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23428 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23429 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23430 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23431 nesting into account.
23432
23433 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23434
23435 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23436
23437 \(fn)" t nil)
23438
23439 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23440
23441 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "Rakefile\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23442
23443 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gemspec\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23444
23445 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23446
23447 ;;;***
23448 \f
23449 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791
23450 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23452
23453 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23454 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23455 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23456
23457 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23458 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23459 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23460 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23461 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23462
23463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23464
23465 ;;;***
23466 \f
23467 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709
23468 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23470
23471 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23472 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23473 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23474 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23475
23476 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23477
23478 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23479 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23480 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23481
23482 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23483  compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23484 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23485
23486 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23487 notation.
23488
23489 STRING
23490      matches string STRING literally.
23491
23492 CHAR
23493      matches character CHAR literally.
23494
23495 `not-newline', `nonl'
23496      matches any character except a newline.
23497
23498 `anything'
23499      matches any character
23500
23501 `(any SET ...)'
23502 `(in SET ...)'
23503 `(char SET ...)'
23504      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23505      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23506      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23507
23508      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23509      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23510      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23511      `word', or one of their synonyms.
23512
23513 `(not (any SET ...))'
23514      matches any character not in SET ...
23515
23516 `line-start', `bol'
23517      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23518      in the text being matched
23519
23520 `line-end', `eol'
23521      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23522
23523 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23524      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23525      string being matched against.
23526
23527 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23528      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23529      string being matched against.
23530
23531 `buffer-start'
23532      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23533      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23534
23535 `buffer-end'
23536      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23537      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23538
23539 `point'
23540      matches the empty string, but only at point.
23541
23542 `word-start', `bow'
23543      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23544
23545 `word-end', `eow'
23546      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23547
23548 `word-boundary'
23549      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23550      word.
23551
23552 `(not word-boundary)'
23553 `not-word-boundary'
23554      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23555      word.
23556
23557 `symbol-start'
23558      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23559
23560 `symbol-end'
23561      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23562
23563 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23564      matches 0 through 9.
23565
23566 `control', `cntrl'
23567      matches ASCII control characters.
23568
23569 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23570      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23571
23572 `blank'
23573      matches space and tab only.
23574
23575 `graphic', `graph'
23576      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23577      space, and DEL.
23578
23579 `printing', `print'
23580      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23581      and DEL.
23582
23583 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23584      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23585      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23586
23587 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23588      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23589      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23590
23591 `ascii'
23592      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23593
23594 `nonascii'
23595      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23596
23597 `lower', `lower-case'
23598      matches anything lower-case.
23599
23600 `upper', `upper-case'
23601      matches anything upper-case.
23602
23603 `punctuation', `punct'
23604      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23605      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23606
23607 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23608      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23609
23610 `word', `wordchar'
23611      matches anything that has word syntax.
23612
23613 `not-wordchar'
23614      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23615
23616 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23617      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23618      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23619      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23620
23621      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
23622      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
23623      `word'                     (\\sw)
23624      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
23625      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
23626      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
23627      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
23628      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
23629      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
23630      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
23631      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
23632      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
23633      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
23634      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
23635      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
23636
23637 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23638      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23639
23640 `(category CATEGORY)'
23641      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23642      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23643
23644      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
23645      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
23646      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
23647      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
23648      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
23649      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
23650      `digit'                            (\\c6)
23651      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23652      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
23653      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
23654      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
23655      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
23656      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
23657      `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
23658      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
23659      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
23660      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
23661      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
23662      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
23663      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
23664      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
23665      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
23666      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
23667      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
23668      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
23669      `greek'                            (\\cg)
23670      `korean'                           (\\ch)
23671      `indian'                           (\\ci)
23672      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
23673      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
23674      `latin'                            (\\cl)
23675      `lao'                              (\\co)
23676      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
23677      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
23678      `thai'                             (\\ct)
23679      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
23680      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
23681      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
23682      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
23683
23684 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23685      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23686
23687 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23689 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23690 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23691      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23692
23693 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23694 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23695      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23696      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23697
23698 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23699 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23700      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23701      group number N.
23702
23703 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23704 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23705      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23706      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23707      regular expression.
23708
23709 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23710      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23711      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23712      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23713      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23714
23715 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23716      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23717
23718 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23719 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23720
23721 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23722 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23723      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23724
23725 `(* SEXP ...)'
23726      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23727      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23728
23729 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23730      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23731      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23732
23733 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23734 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23735      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23736
23737 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23738      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23739
23740 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23741      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23742
23743 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23744 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23745 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23746      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23747
23748 `(? SEXP ...)'
23749      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23750
23751 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23752      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23753
23754 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23755 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23756      matches N occurrences.
23757
23758 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23759      matches N or more occurrences.
23760
23761 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23762 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23763      matches N to M occurrences.
23764
23765 `(backref N)'
23766      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23767
23768 `(eval FORM)'
23769      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23770      `regexp-quote' it.
23771
23772 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23773      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23774
23775 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23776
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709
23780 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23782
23783 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23784 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23785 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23788 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23789
23790 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23791
23792 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23793 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23795 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23797
23798 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23799 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
23800 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23801 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23802
23803 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23804 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23805 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23806
23807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23812 ;;;;;;  (20805 38951 572072 0))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23814
23815 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23816 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23817 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23818
23819 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23820 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23821 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23822 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23823 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23824 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23825 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23826 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23827
23828 Commands:
23829 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23830 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23831 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23832 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23833 if that value is non-nil.
23834
23835 \(fn)" t nil)
23836
23837 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23838 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23839 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23840
23841 Commands:
23842 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23843 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23844 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23845 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23846 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23847 that variable's value is a string.
23848
23849 \(fn)" t nil)
23850
23851 ;;;***
23852 \f
23853 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23854 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23856
23857 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23858 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23859 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23860
23861 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23862
23863 \(fn)" t nil)
23864
23865 ;;;***
23866 \f
23867 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23868 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23869 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23870
23871 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23872 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23873 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23875 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23876 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23877
23878 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23879
23880 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23881 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23882 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23883 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23884 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23885
23886 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23887 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23888
23889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23890
23891 ;;;***
23892 \f
23893 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23894 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23895 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23896
23897 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23898 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23900 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23901 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
23902 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23903 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23904 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23905
23906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23907
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20709 26818 907104
23911 ;;;;;;  0))
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23913 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23914  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23915
23916 ;;;***
23917 \f
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23919 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23921
23922 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23923 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23924 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23925
23926  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
23927  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23928  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
23929  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23930  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
23931  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23932  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
23933  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23934                                          keybinding for tag names.
23935  `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode'          - A mouse 3 context menu.
23936  `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23937                                          of the symbol under point.
23938 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23939  some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23940  `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23941                                          highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23942  `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23943                                          syntax tokens.
23944  `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23945
23946 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23947
23948 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23949 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23950 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23953 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23954
23955 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23956
23957 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23958 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23960 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23961 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23962
23963 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23964 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
23965 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23966 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23967 Semantic mode.
23968
23969 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23970
23971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23972
23973 ;;;***
23974 \f
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23976 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20895 15912 444844 0))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23978
23979 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23980 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23981
23982 \(fn)" t nil)
23983
23984 ;;;***
23985 \f
23986 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23987 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20879 27694 495748 0))
23988 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23989
23990 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23991 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23992
23993 \(fn)" t nil)
23994
23995 ;;;***
23996 \f
23997 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23998 ;;;;;;  mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23999 ;;;;;;  mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24000 ;;;;;;  mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24001 ;;;;;;  mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24002 ;;;;;;  mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24003 ;;;;;;  mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24004 ;;;;;;  mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24005 ;;;;;;  "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24007
24008 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24009 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24010
24011 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24012         king@grassland.com
24013 If `parens', they look like:
24014         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24015 If `angles', they look like:
24016         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24017
24018 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24019 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24020
24021 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24022
24023 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24024 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24025 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24026 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24027
24028 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24029 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
24030 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24031 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24032
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24034
24035 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24036 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24037 This is done when the message is initialized,
24038 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24039
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24041
24042 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24043 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24044 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24049 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24050 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24051 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24052 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24053 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
24054 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24055
24056 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24057
24058 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24059 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24060
24061 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24062
24063 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24064 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24065 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24066 be a Babyl file.")
24067
24068 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24069
24070 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24071 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24072 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24073 when you first send mail.")
24074
24075 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24076
24077 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24078 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24079 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24080 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24081 This file need not actually exist.")
24082
24083 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24084
24085 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24086 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24087
24088 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24089
24090 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24091 Alist of mail address aliases,
24092 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24093 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24094 can specify a different file name.)
24095 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24096     alias ALIAS MEANING")
24097
24098 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24099 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24100 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24101
24102 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24103
24104 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24105 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24106 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24107
24108 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24109
24110 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24111 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24112 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24113 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24114 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24115 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24116 in the cited portion of the message.
24117
24118 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24119 instead of no action.")
24120
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24122
24123 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24124 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24125 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24126 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24127 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24128
24129 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24130
24131 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24132 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24133 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24134 If a string, that string is inserted.
24135  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24136   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24137 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24138 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24139
24140 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24141
24142 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24143 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24144
24145 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24146
24147 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24148 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24149 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24150
24151 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24152 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24153
24154 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24155
24156 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24157 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24158 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
24159 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24160
24161 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24162
24163 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24164 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24165 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24166
24167 \(fn)" nil nil)
24168
24169 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24170
24171 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24172
24173
24174 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24175
24176 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24177 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24178 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24179
24180 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
24181 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24182
24183 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24184          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
24185          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
24186          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24187          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
24188          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24189 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
24190 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24191 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24192 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24193 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24194 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24195 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24196 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24197
24198 \(fn)" t nil)
24199
24200 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24201 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24202 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24203 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24204
24205 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24206
24207 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24208 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24209 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24210 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24211 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24212 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24213
24214 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24215 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24216 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24217
24218 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24219 User should not set this variable manually,
24220 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24221 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24222 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24223
24224 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24225 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24226 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24227 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24228
24229 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24230 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24231
24232 \\<mail-mode-map>
24233 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24234
24235 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24236 to move to message header fields:
24237 \\{mail-mode-map}
24238
24239 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24240 when the message is initialized.
24241
24242 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24243 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24244
24245 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24246 is inserted.
24247
24248 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24249 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
24250
24251 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24252 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
24253 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24254 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
24255 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24256 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24257 buffer without erasing the contents.
24258
24259 The second through fifth arguments,
24260  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24261  the initial contents of those header fields.
24262  These arguments should not have final newlines.
24263 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24264  original message being replied to, or else an action
24265  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24266  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24267 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24268  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24269  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24270  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24271
24272 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24273
24274 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24275 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24276
24277 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24278
24279 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24280 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24281
24282 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24283
24284 ;;;***
24285 \f
24286 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24287 ;;;;;;  server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20763
24288 ;;;;;;  30266 231060 0))
24289 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24290
24291 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24292
24293 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24294
24295 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24296
24297 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24298 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24299 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24300 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24301 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24302 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24303
24304 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24305 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24306
24307 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
24308 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24309 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24310
24311 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24312 \\[server-start].
24313
24314 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24315
24316 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24317 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24318 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24319 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
24320
24321 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24322
24323 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24324 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24325 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24327 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24328 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24329
24330 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24331
24332 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24333 Toggle Server mode.
24334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24335 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24336 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24337
24338 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24339 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
24340 `server-start' for details.
24341
24342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24343
24344 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24345 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24346 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24347
24348 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24349 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24350
24351 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24352
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24357
24358 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24359 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24360 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24361
24362 Key definitions:
24363 \\{ses-mode-map}
24364 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24365 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24366 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24367 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24368
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24370
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24374 ;;;;;;  (20784 36406 653593 0))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24376
24377 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24378 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24379 Makes > match <.
24380 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24381 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24382
24383 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24384 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24385 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24386
24387 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24388 in your init file.
24389
24390 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24391
24392 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24393 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24394 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24395
24396 \(fn)" t nil)
24397
24398 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24399 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24400 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24401 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24402 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24403 which this is based.
24404
24405 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24406
24407 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24408 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24409 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24410 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24411
24412 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24413 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24414 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24415
24416 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24417 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24418 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24419 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24420
24421 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24422 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24423 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24424 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24425
24426 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24427
24428 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24429 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24430 To work around that, do:
24431    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24432
24433 \\{html-mode-map}
24434
24435 \(fn)" t nil)
24436
24437 ;;;***
24438 \f
24439 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24440 ;;;;;;  (20850 27430 515630 0))
24441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24442 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24443
24444 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24445 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24446 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24447 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24448 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24449 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24450
24451 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24452 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24453 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24454 shell-specific features.
24455
24456 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24457 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24458 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24459 \\<sh-mode-map>
24460 \\[sh-case]      case statement
24461 \\[sh-for]       for loop
24462 \\[sh-function]  function definition
24463 \\[sh-if]        if statement
24464 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
24465 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
24466 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
24467 \\[sh-select]    select loop
24468 \\[sh-until]     until loop
24469 \\[sh-while]     while loop
24470
24471 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24472 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24473 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24474 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
24475 would indent to the way it currently is.
24476 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24477 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24478
24479
24480 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24481 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24482 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
24483 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
24484 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24485 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24486
24487 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24488 unquoted < insert a here document.
24489
24490 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24491 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24492 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24493
24494 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24495 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24496
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24498
24499 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24500
24501 ;;;***
24502 \f
24503 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24504 ;;;;;;  (20858 21542 723007 0))
24505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24506
24507 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24508 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24509
24510 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24511 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24512 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24513
24514 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24515 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24516 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24517 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24518 the earlier.
24519
24520 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24521
24522 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24523
24524 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24525 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24526 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24527
24528 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24529 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24530
24531 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24532 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24533 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24534 24.3.  A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24535 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24536 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24537 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24538 Emacs version).
24539
24540 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24541 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24542 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24543 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24544 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24545
24546 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24547 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24548
24549 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24550
24551 ;;;***
24552 \f
24553 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24554 ;;;;;;  shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20799
24555 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
24556 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24557
24558 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24559 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24560 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24561 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24562 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24563 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24564 sites in the cluster.
24565
24566 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24567
24568 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24569 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24570 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24571 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24572 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24573
24574 \(fn)" t nil)
24575
24576 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24577 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24578 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24579 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24580 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24581 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24582 `shadow-define-cluster').
24583
24584 \(fn)" t nil)
24585
24586 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24587 Set up file shadowing.
24588
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24594 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 912957 506000))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24596
24597 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24598 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24599 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24600 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24601 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24602 arguments.")
24603
24604 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24605
24606 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24607 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24608 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24609 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24610 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24611
24612 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24613 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24614 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24615  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24616  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24617 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24618 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24619 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24620 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24621 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24622 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24623
24624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24625 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24626 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24627 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24629 `default-process-coding-system'.
24630
24631 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24632 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24633 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24634 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24635
24636 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24637
24638 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24639
24640 ;;;***
24641 \f
24642 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20903
24643 ;;;;;;  10024 645978 0))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24645
24646 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24647 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24648 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24649 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24650
24651 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24652
24653 ;;;***
24654 \f
24655 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24656 ;;;;;;  sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20896 36774 886399
24657 ;;;;;;  0))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24659
24660 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24661
24662
24663 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24664
24665 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24666
24667
24668 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24669
24670 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24671
24672
24673 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24674
24675 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24676
24677
24678 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24679
24680 ;;;***
24681 \f
24682 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24683 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
24684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24685
24686 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24687 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24688 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24689 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24690 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24691
24692 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24693
24694 \(fn)" t nil)
24695
24696 ;;;***
24697 \f
24698 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777
24699 ;;;;;;  63161 848428 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24701
24702 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24703 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24704 \\{simula-mode-map}
24705 Variables controlling indentation style:
24706  `simula-tab-always-indent'
24707     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24708     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24709  `simula-indent-level'
24710     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24711  `simula-substatement-offset'
24712     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24713  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24714     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24715     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24716     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24717     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24718  `simula-label-offset' -4711
24719     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24720  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24721     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24722     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24723     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24724  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24725     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24726     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24727     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24728  `simula-electric-indent' nil
24729     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24730     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24731  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24732     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24733     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24734     or nil if they should not be changed.
24735  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24736     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24737     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24738     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24739
24740 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24741 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24742
24743 \(fn)" t nil)
24744
24745 ;;;***
24746 \f
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24748 ;;;;;;  define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20709 26818 907104
24749 ;;;;;;  0))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24751
24752 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24753 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24754
24755 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24756 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24757 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24758 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24759
24760 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24761
24762 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24763
24764 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24765 Insert SKELETON.
24766 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24767 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24768 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24769 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24770 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24771
24772 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24773 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24774
24775 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24776
24777 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24778 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24779
24780 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24781 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24782 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24783 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24784
24785 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24786 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24787 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24788 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24789
24790 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24791 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24792 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24793
24794 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24795 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24796
24797 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24798 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24799
24800         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
24801         _       interesting point, interregion here
24802         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24803                 interesting point set by _
24804         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24805         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
24806         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24807         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24808         -num    delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24809         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24810         nil     skipped
24811
24812 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24813 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24814
24815 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
24816 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
24817 different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24818 non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24819 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
24820 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24821 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24822 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24823
24824 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24825 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24826 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24827 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24828 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24829 available:
24830
24831         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24832                 then: insert previously read string once more
24833         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24834         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24835         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
24836
24837 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24838 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24839
24840 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24841
24842 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24843 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24844
24845 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24846 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24847 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24848 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24849 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24850 such as backslash.
24851
24852 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24853 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24854 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24855
24856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24857
24858 ;;;***
24859 \f
24860 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24861 ;;;;;;  "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24863
24864 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24865 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24866 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24867 buffer names.
24868
24869 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24870
24871 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24872 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24874 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24875 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24876 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24877
24878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24879
24880 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24881 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24882 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24883
24884 \(fn)" t nil)
24885
24886 ;;;***
24887 \f
24888 ;;;### (autoloads (smie-highlight-matching-block-mode) "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
24889 ;;;;;;  (20901 54695 989166 0))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
24891
24892 (defvar smie-highlight-matching-block-mode nil "\
24893 Non-nil if Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode is enabled.
24894 See the command `smie-highlight-matching-block-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24897 or call the function `smie-highlight-matching-block-mode'.")
24898
24899 (custom-autoload 'smie-highlight-matching-block-mode "smie" nil)
24900
24901 (autoload 'smie-highlight-matching-block-mode "smie" "\
24902 Toggle Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode on or off.
24903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Smie-Highlight-Matching-Block mode if ARG is
24904 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
24906 \\{smie-highlight-matching-block-mode-map}
24907
24908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24909
24910 ;;;***
24911 \f
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24913 ;;;;;;  (20726 5184 974741 509000))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24915
24916 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24917 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24918 A list of images is returned.
24919
24920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24921
24922 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24923 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24924 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24925
24926 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24927
24928 ;;;***
24929 \f
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24931 ;;;;;;  "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24933
24934 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24935
24936
24937 \(fn)" nil nil)
24938
24939 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24940 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24941
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24943
24944 ;;;***
24945 \f
24946 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24947 ;;;;;;  0))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24949
24950 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24951 Play the Snake game.
24952 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24953
24954 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24955
24956 Snake mode keybindings:
24957    \\<snake-mode-map>
24958 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
24959 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
24960 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24961 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
24962 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
24963 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
24964 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
24965
24966 \(fn)" t nil)
24967
24968 ;;;***
24969 \f
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24971 ;;;;;;  (20891 18859 893295 0))
24972 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24973
24974 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24975 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24976 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24977 Tab indents for C code.
24978 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24979 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24980 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24981 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24982 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24983
24984 \(fn)" t nil)
24985
24986 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24987 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24988 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24989 Tab indents for C code.
24990 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24992 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24993 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24994 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 ;;;***
24999 \f
25000 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709
25001 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25003
25004 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25005 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
25006 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25007 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25008 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25009
25010 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25011
25012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25013
25014 ;;;***
25015 \f
25016 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709
25017 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25019
25020 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25021 Play Solitaire.
25022
25023 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25024 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25025 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25026 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25027 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25028 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25029 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25030 check after each move or undo.)
25031
25032 What is Solitaire?
25033
25034 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25035 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
25036 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25037
25038         Le Solitaire
25039         ============
25040
25041                 o   o   o
25042
25043                 o   o   o
25044
25045         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25046
25047         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
25048
25049         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25050
25051                 o   o   o
25052
25053                 o   o   o
25054
25055 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
25056 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
25057 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25058 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25059
25060 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25061 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25062 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25063 this:  o  o  .
25064
25065 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25066 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
25067
25068 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
25069
25070                 o   o   o
25071
25072                 .   o   o
25073
25074         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
25075
25076         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
25077
25078         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25079
25080                 o   o   o
25081
25082                 o   o   o
25083
25084 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25085
25086 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25087
25088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25089
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25093 ;;;;;;  sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25094 ;;;;;;  sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20896
25095 ;;;;;;  36774 886399 0))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25097 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25098
25099 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25100 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25101
25102 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25103 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25104 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
25105 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
25106 contiguous.
25107
25108 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25109 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25111 the sort order.
25112
25113 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25114 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25115
25116 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25117 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25118 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25119 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25120 is called.
25121
25122 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25123 It should move point to the end of the record.
25124
25125 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25126 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25127 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25128 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25129 starts at the beginning of the record.
25130
25131 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25132 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25133 same as ENDRECFUN.
25134
25135 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25136 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25137 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25138 second key.  If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25139 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25140 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25141 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25142
25143 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25144
25145 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25146 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25147 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25148 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25149 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25150 the sort order.
25151
25152 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25153
25154 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25155 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25159 the sort order.
25160
25161 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25162
25163 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25164 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25165 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25166 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25167 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25168 the sort order.
25169
25170 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25171 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25172
25173 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25174 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25175 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25176 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25177 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25178 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25179 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25181 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25182
25183 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25186 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25187 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25188 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25189 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25190 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25191 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25192 the sort order.
25193
25194 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25195
25196 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25197 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25198 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25199 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25200
25201 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25202   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25203
25204 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25205   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25206   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25207   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25208   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25209   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25210   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25211   found within a record, that record is ignored.
25212
25213 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25214
25215 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25216 the sort order.
25217
25218 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25219  starting with the letter \"f\",
25220  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25221
25222 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25223
25224 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25225 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25226 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25227 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25228 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25229 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25230 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25231 the sort order.
25232
25233 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25234 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25235 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
25236 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25237 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25238
25239 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25240
25241 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25242 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25243 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25244
25245 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25246
25247 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25248 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25249
25250 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25251 occurrence of duplicate lines.  If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25252 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25253 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25254
25255 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25256 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent.  It works like the utility
25257 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25258 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25259 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25260
25261 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25262 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25263
25264 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25265 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25266 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25267
25268 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25269
25270 ;;;***
25271 \f
25272 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901
25273 ;;;;;;  54695 989166 0))
25274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25275
25276 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25277 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25278 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
25279 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25280 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25281 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25282
25283 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25284
25285 ;;;***
25286 \f
25287 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25288 ;;;;;;  spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25289 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874 65006 672942 217000))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25291
25292 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25293 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25294
25295 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25296 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
25297 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25298
25299 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25300
25301 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25302 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25303 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25304 server.
25305
25306 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25307
25308 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25309 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25310 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25311
25312 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25313
25314 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25315 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25316 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25317 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25318 Agent is plugged.
25319
25320 \(fn)" t nil)
25321
25322 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25323 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25324 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25325 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25326
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25328
25329 ;;;***
25330 \f
25331 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25332 ;;;;;;  "speedbar.el" (20892 39729 858825 0))
25333 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25334
25335 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25336
25337 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25338 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25339 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25340 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
25341 supported at a time.
25342 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25343 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25344
25345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25348 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25349 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25350 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25351
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25353
25354 ;;;***
25355 \f
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709
25357 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25359
25360 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25361 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25362
25363 \(fn)" t nil)
25364
25365 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25366 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25367
25368 \(fn)" nil nil)
25369
25370 ;;;***
25371 \f
25372 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25373 ;;;;;;  sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25374 ;;;;;;  sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25375 ;;;;;;  sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25376 ;;;;;;  (20878 6823 881439 0))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25378
25379 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25380 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25381
25382 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25383 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25384 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25385 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25386 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25387 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25388 of the current highlighting list.
25389
25390 For example:
25391
25392  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25393   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25394
25395 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25396 `_t' as data types.
25397
25398 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25399
25400 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer.  This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'.  The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n    \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n    \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer.  The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated.  See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer.  Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode].  The name of this buffer can be\nanything.  The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode).  The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25401
25402 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25403 Major mode to edit SQL.
25404
25405 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25406 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25407 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25408
25409 \\{sql-mode-map}
25410 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25411
25412 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25413 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25414 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25415 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25416 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25417 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25418
25419 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25420 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25421
25422 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25423 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25424 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
25425
25426 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25427           (lambda ()
25428             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25429
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25431
25432 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25433 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25434
25435 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25436 their settings.
25437
25438 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25439 is specified in the connection settings.
25440
25441 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25442
25443 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25444 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25445
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25448
25449 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25450 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25451 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25452 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25453
25454 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25455
25456 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25457
25458 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25459 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25460
25461 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25462 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25463 `*SQL*'.
25464
25465 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25466 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25467 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25468 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25469
25470 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25472
25473 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25474 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
25475 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25476 buffer.
25477
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25484
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25486
25487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25488
25489 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25490 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25491
25492 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25493 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25494 `*SQL*'.
25495
25496 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25497 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25498 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25499 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25500
25501 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25502 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25503
25504 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25505 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
25506 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25507 buffer.
25508
25509 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25510 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25512 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25513 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25514 `default-process-coding-system'.
25515
25516 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25517
25518 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25519
25520 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25521 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25522
25523 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25524 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25525 `*SQL*'.
25526
25527 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25528 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25529
25530 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25531 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25532
25533 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
25535 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25536 buffer.
25537
25538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25539 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25540 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25541 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25543 `default-process-coding-system'.
25544
25545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25546
25547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25548
25549 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25550 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25551
25552 SQLite is free software.
25553
25554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 `*SQL*'.
25557
25558 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25559 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25560 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25561 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25562
25563 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25564 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25565
25566 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25567 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
25568 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25569 buffer.
25570
25571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25572 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25574 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25576 `default-process-coding-system'.
25577
25578 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25579
25580 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25581
25582 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25583 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25584
25585 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25586
25587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25589 `*SQL*'.
25590
25591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25592 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25593 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25594 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25595
25596 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25597 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25598
25599 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25600 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
25601 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25602 buffer.
25603
25604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25606 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25609 `default-process-coding-system'.
25610
25611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25612
25613 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25614
25615 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25616 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25617
25618 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25619 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25620 `*SQL*'.
25621
25622 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25623 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25624 defaults, if set.
25625
25626 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25627 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25628
25629 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25630 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
25631 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25632 buffer.
25633
25634 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25635 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25636 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25637 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25638 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25639 `default-process-coding-system'.
25640
25641 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25642
25643 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25644
25645 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25646 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25647
25648 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25649 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25650 `*SQL*'.
25651
25652 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25653 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25654
25655 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25656 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25657
25658 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25659 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
25660 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25661 buffer.
25662
25663 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25664 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25665 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25666 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25667 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25668 `default-process-coding-system'.
25669
25670 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25671
25672 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25673
25674 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25675 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25676
25677 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25678 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25679 `*SQL*'.
25680
25681 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25682 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25683 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25684 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25685
25686 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25687 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25688
25689 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
25691 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25692 buffer.
25693
25694 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25695 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25697 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25698 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25699 `default-process-coding-system'.
25700
25701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25702
25703 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25704
25705 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25706 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25707
25708 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25709 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25710 `*SQL*'.
25711
25712 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25713 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25714 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25715 `sql-postgres-options'.
25716
25717 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25718 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25719
25720 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25721 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
25722 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25723 buffer.
25724
25725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25727 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25730 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25731 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25732 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25733
25734 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25735                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25736
25737 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25738
25739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25740
25741 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25742 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25743
25744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 `*SQL*'.
25747
25748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25749 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25750 defaults, if set.
25751
25752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25754
25755 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25756 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
25757 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25758 buffer.
25759
25760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25761 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25762 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25765 `default-process-coding-system'.
25766
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25768
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25770
25771 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25772 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25773
25774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25776 `*SQL*'.
25777
25778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25779 automatic login.
25780
25781 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25782 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25783
25784 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25785 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25786 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25787 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25788
25789 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25790 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
25791 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25792 buffer.
25793
25794 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25795 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25796 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25797 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25798 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25799 `default-process-coding-system'.
25800
25801 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25802
25803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25806 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25807
25808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25810 `*SQL*'.
25811
25812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25813 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25814 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25815 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
25816 parameters.
25817
25818 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25819 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25820 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25821 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25822 an empty password.
25823
25824 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25825 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25826
25827 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25828 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
25829 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25830 buffer.
25831
25832 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25833
25834 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25835
25836 ;;;***
25837 \f
25838 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25839 ;;;;;;  (20813 33065 721081 0))
25840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25841
25842 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25843 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25844
25845 \(fn)" t nil)
25846
25847 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25848
25849 ;;;***
25850 \f
25851 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25852 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25854
25855 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25856 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25857 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25858 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25859 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25860 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25861 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25862  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25863  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25864  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25865  with any buffer
25866 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25867 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25868 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25869 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25870
25871 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25872
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25876 ;;;;;;  strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25877 ;;;;;;  strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25878 ;;;;;;  strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25879 ;;;;;;  strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799
25880 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
25881 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25882
25883 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25884 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25885 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25886 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE
25887 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25888 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25889
25890 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25891
25892 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25893
25894 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25895 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25896 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25897 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25898 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25899 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25900 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25901
25902 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25903
25904 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25905 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25906 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25907 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25908 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25909 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25910 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25911
25912 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25913
25914 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25915 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25916 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25917
25918 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25919
25920 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25921 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25922 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25923
25924 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25925
25926 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25927 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25928
25929 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25930
25931 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25932 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25933
25934 \(fn)" t nil)
25935
25936 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25937 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25942 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25943 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25944 chronologically by command name.
25945 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25946
25947 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25948
25949 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25950 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25951 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25954 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25955
25956 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25957
25958 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25959 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25961 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25963
25964 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25965 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25966 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25967 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25968 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25969
25970 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25971 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25972 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25973 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25974
25975 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25976
25977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25978
25979 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25980 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25981 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25982 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25983
25984 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25985
25986 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25987 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25988
25989 \(fn)" t nil)
25990
25991 ;;;***
25992 \f
25993 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25994 ;;;;;;  "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25995 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25996
25997 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25998 Studlify-case the region.
25999
26000 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26001
26002 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26003 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26004
26005 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26006
26007 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26008 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26009
26010 \(fn)" t nil)
26011
26012 ;;;***
26013 \f
26014 ;;;### (autoloads (global-superword-mode superword-mode global-subword-mode
26015 ;;;;;;  subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20886 47777
26016 ;;;;;;  83668 440000))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26018
26019 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26020 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26022 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26023 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26024
26025 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
26026 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26027 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26028 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26029
26030 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
26031 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26032 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
26033
26034   Nomenclature           Subwords
26035   ===========================================================
26036   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26037   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26038   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26039
26040 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26041 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26042 as words.
26043
26044 \\{subword-mode-map}
26045
26046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26047
26048 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26049 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26050 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26053 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26054
26055 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26056
26057 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26058 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26059 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26060 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26061 ARG is omitted or nil.
26062
26063 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26064 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26065 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26066
26067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26068
26069 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26070 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26071 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26072 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26073 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26074
26075 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
26076 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26077 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26078
26079 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26080 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26081 edit them as words.
26082
26083 \\{superword-mode-map}
26084
26085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26086
26087 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26088 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26089 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26092 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26093
26094 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26095
26096 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26097 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26098 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26099 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26100 ARG is omitted or nil.
26101
26102 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26103 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26104 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26105
26106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26107
26108 ;;;***
26109 \f
26110 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26111 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
26112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26113
26114 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26115 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26116 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26117 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
26118 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26119 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26120 original message but it does require a few things:
26121
26122      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26123
26124      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26125         reply buffer.
26126
26127      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26128         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26129         original message.
26130
26131      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26132
26133      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26134
26135 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26136 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26137 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26138
26139 \(fn)" nil nil)
26140
26141 ;;;***
26142 \f
26143 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709
26144 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
26145 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26146
26147 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26148
26149 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26150 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26151 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26154 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26155
26156 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26157
26158 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26159 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26161 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26163
26164 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26165 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26166 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26167
26168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26169
26170 ;;;***
26171 \f
26172 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20709 26818
26173 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26175
26176 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26177 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26181
26182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26183
26184 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26185 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26186 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26187 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26188 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26189 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26190 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26191
26192 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26193
26194 ;;;***
26195 \f
26196 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26197 ;;;;;;  table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26198 ;;;;;;  table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26199 ;;;;;;  table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26200 ;;;;;;  table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26201 ;;;;;;  table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26202 ;;;;;;  table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26203 ;;;;;;  table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26204 ;;;;;;  table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26205 ;;;;;;  table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26206 ;;;;;;  table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26207 ;;;;;;  table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26208 ;;;;;;  "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26210
26211 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26212 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26213 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26214
26215 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26216
26217 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26218 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26219
26220 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26221
26222 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26223 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26224
26225 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26226
26227 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26228 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26229
26230 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26231
26232 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26233 Insert an editable text table.
26234 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
26235 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26236 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26237 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26238 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
26239 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26240 delimiting them.
26241
26242 Examples:
26243
26244 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26245
26246 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26247 location of point.
26248
26249     -!-
26250
26251 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
26252 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26253 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
26254 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26255 first cell.
26256
26257     +-----+-----+-----+
26258     |-!-  |     |     |
26259     +-----+-----+-----+
26260
26261 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26262
26263 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26264 width, which results as
26265
26266     +--------------+-----+-----+
26267     |-!-           |     |     |
26268     +--------------+-----+-----+
26269
26270 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
26271 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26272
26273     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26274     |              |      |-!-                             |
26275     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276
26277 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26278 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26279 width information to `table-insert'.
26280
26281 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26282
26283 instead of
26284
26285 Cell width(s): 5
26286
26287 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26288 work all together.
26289
26290 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26291 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26292
26293     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294     |-!-           |      |                                |
26295     |              |      |                                |
26296     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26297
26298 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26299
26300     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301     |-!-           |      |                                |
26302     |              |      |                                |
26303     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26304     |              |      |                                |
26305     |              |      |                                |
26306     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26307
26308 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26309
26310     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26311     |              |      |                                |
26312     |              |      |                                |
26313     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26314     |              |      |                                |
26315     |              |      |                                |
26316     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26317     -!-
26318
26319 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26320 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
26321 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26322
26323     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26324     |              |      |                                |
26325     |              |      |                                |
26326     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26327     |              |      |                                |
26328     |              |      |                                |
26329     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26330     |-!-           |      |                                |
26331     |              |      |                                |
26332     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26333
26334 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26335 results.
26336
26337     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26338     |              |      |                                |
26339     |              |      |                                |
26340     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
26342     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
26343     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
26344     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345     |              |      |                                |
26346     |              |      |                                |
26347     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26348
26349 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26350
26351 \\{table-cell-map}
26352
26353 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26356 Insert N table row(s).
26357 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26358 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
26359 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26360 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26361
26362 \(fn N)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26365 Insert N table column(s).
26366 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26367 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
26368 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26369 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26370
26371 \(fn N)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26374 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26375 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26376
26377 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26378
26379 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26380 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26381 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
26382 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26383 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26384 all the table specific features.
26385
26386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26389
26390
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26392
26393 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26394 Recognize all tables within region.
26395 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
26396 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26397 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26398 specific features.
26399
26400 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26403
26404
26405 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26408 Recognize a table at point.
26409 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26410 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26411 the table specific features.
26412
26413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26416
26417
26418 \(fn)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26421 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26422 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
26423 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26424 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26425 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26426 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26427
26428 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26431
26432
26433 \(fn)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26436 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26437 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26438 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26439 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
26440 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26441 specified.
26442
26443 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26444
26445 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26446 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26447 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26448 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
26449 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
26450 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26451 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26452 table structure.
26453
26454 \(fn N)" t nil)
26455
26456 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26457 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26458 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26459 table's rectangle structure.
26460
26461 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26462
26463 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26464 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26465 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26466 table's rectangle structure.
26467
26468 \(fn N)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26471 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26472 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26473 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26474 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26475
26476 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26477
26478 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26479 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26480 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26481
26482 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26483 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26484 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26485 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26486 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26487 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26488 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26489
26490 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26491 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26492 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26493 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26494 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26495 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26496 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26497
26498 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26499 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26500 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26501 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26502 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26503 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26504 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26505 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26506
26507 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26510 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26511 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26512 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26513
26514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26515
26516 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26517 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26518 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26519
26520 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26521
26522 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26523 Split current cell vertically.
26524 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26525
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26527
26528 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26529 Split current cell horizontally.
26530 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26531
26532 \(fn)" t nil)
26533
26534 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26535 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26536 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26537
26538 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26541 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26542 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26543 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26544
26545 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26546
26547 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26548 Justify cell contents.
26549 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26550 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26551 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26552 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26553
26554 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26557 Justify cells of a row.
26558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26560
26561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26564 Justify cells of a column.
26565 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26566 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26567
26568 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26569
26570 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26571 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26572 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26573 that widens a cell when it is necessary.  When non-nil, typing in a
26574 cell does not automatically expand the cell width.  A word that is too
26575 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines.  The chopped
26576 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'.  This
26577 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26578 run-time.
26579
26580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26581
26582 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26583 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26584 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26585 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26586 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26587 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26588 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26589 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26590 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26591 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26592 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26593
26594 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26595
26596 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26597 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26598 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26599 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26600 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26601 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26602 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26603 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26604 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26605 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26606 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26607 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26608 untouched.
26609
26610 References used for this implementation:
26611
26612 HTML:
26613         URL `http://www.w3.org'
26614
26615 LaTeX:
26616         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26617
26618 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26619         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26620         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26621
26622 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26623
26624 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26625 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26626 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26627 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26628 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26629 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26630 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26631 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26632 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26633 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26634 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26635 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26636 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26637 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26638 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26639 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26640 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26641
26642 Example:
26643
26644   (progn
26645     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26646     (table-forward-cell 15)
26647     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26648     (table-forward-cell 16)
26649     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26650     (table-forward-cell 1)
26651     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26652
26653   (progn
26654     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26655     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26656     (table-forward-cell 1)
26657     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26658
26659 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26660
26661 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26662 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26663 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26664 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26665 consists from cells of same height.
26666
26667 \(fn N)" t nil)
26668
26669 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26670 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26671 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26672 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26673 column must consists from cells of same width.
26674
26675 \(fn N)" t nil)
26676
26677 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26678 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26679 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26680 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26681 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26682 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26683 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26684 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26685 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26686 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26687 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26688 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26689 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26690 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26691 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26692
26693
26694 Example 1:
26695
26696 1, 2, 3, 4
26697 5, 6, 7, 8
26698 , 9, 10
26699
26700 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26701 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26702 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26703 specified as 5.
26704
26705 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26706 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26707 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26708 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26709 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26710 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
26711 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26712
26713 Note:
26714
26715 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26716 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26717 of each row is optional.
26718
26719
26720 Example 2:
26721
26722 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26723 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26724 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26725 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26726 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26727
26728 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26729 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26730
26731 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26732                       expression and raw delimiter regular
26733                       expression, it parses the specified text
26734                       area and extracts cell items from
26735                       non-table text and then forms a table out
26736                       of them.
26737
26738 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26739                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
26740                       the specified region is placed in that
26741                       cell.-*-
26742
26743 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26744 like this.
26745
26746 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26747 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26748 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26749 |                                                                 |
26750 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26751 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26752 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26753 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26754 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26755 |                      of them.                                   |
26756 |                                                                 |
26757 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26758 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26759 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26760 |                      cell.                                      |
26761 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26762
26763 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26764 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26765 independently.
26766
26767 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26768 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26769 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26770 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26771 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26772 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26773 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26774 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26775 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26776 |                     |of them.                                   |
26777 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26778 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26779 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26780 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26781 |                     |cell.                                      |
26782 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26783
26784 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26785 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26786 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26787
26788 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26789
26790 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26791 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26792 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
26793 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26794 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26795
26796 \(fn)" t nil)
26797
26798 ;;;***
26799 \f
26800 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818
26801 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26802 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26803
26804 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26805 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26806
26807 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26808
26809 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26810 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26811
26812 \(fn)" t nil)
26813
26814 ;;;***
26815 \f
26816 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20874 65222
26817 ;;;;;;  672942 464000))
26818 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26819
26820 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26821 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26822 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26823 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26824 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26825 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26826 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26827
26828 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26829 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26830 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26831 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26832
26833 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26834 \\{tar-mode-map}
26835
26836 \(fn)" t nil)
26837
26838 ;;;***
26839 \f
26840 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26841 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978 0))
26842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26843
26844 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26845 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26846 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26847 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26848 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26849 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26850
26851 Variables controlling indentation style:
26852   `tcl-indent-level'
26853     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26854   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26855     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26856
26857 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26858 documentation for details):
26859   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26860     Controls action of TAB key.
26861   `tcl-auto-newline'
26862     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26863     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26864   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26865     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26866     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26867
26868 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26869 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26870 already exist.
26871
26872 \(fn)" t nil)
26873
26874 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26875 Run inferior Tcl process.
26876 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26877 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26878
26879 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26880
26881 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26882 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26883 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26884
26885 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26886
26887 ;;;***
26888 \f
26889 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818
26890 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26892
26893 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26894 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26895 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26896 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26897
26898 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26899 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26900 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26901 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26902 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26903
26904 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26905
26906 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26907 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26908 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26909 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26910
26911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26916 ;;;;;;  (20878 6823 881439 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26918
26919 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26920 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26921 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26922 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26923 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26924 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26925
26926 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26927
26928 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26929 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26930 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26931 commands to use in that buffer.
26932
26933 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26934
26935 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26936
26937 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26938 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26939
26940 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26941
26942 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26943 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26944 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
26945 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
26946 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26947 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
26948 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
26949 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26950 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26951 use in that buffer.
26952 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26953
26954 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26955
26956 ;;;***
26957 \f
26958 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26959 ;;;;;;  (20878 6823 881439 0))
26960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26961
26962 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26963 Start coverage on function under point.
26964
26965 \(fn)" t nil)
26966
26967 ;;;***
26968 \f
26969 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006
26970 ;;;;;;  672942 217000))
26971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26972
26973 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26974 Play the Tetris game.
26975 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26976 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26977 as to form complete rows.
26978
26979 tetris-mode keybindings:
26980    \\<tetris-mode-map>
26981 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
26982 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
26983 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26984 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
26985 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
26986 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
26987 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26988 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26989
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26991
26992 ;;;***
26993 \f
26994 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26995 ;;;;;;  plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26996 ;;;;;;  tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26997 ;;;;;;  tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26998 ;;;;;;  tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26999 ;;;;;;  tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27000 ;;;;;;  tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27001 ;;;;;;  (20774 53405 754743 8000))
27002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27003
27004 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27005 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27006
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27008
27009 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27010 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27011 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27012 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27013 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27018 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27019 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27020 if it matches the first line of the file,
27021 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27022
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27024
27025 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27026 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27027 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27028 if the variable is non-nil.")
27029
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27031
27032 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27033 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27034
27035 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27036
27037 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27038 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27039 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27040 See the documentation of that variable.")
27041
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27043
27044 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27045 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27046 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27047 See the documentation of that variable.")
27048
27049 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27050
27051 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27052 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27053 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27054 See the documentation of that variable.")
27055
27056 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27057
27058 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27059 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27060 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27061 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27062 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27063
27064 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27065
27066 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27067 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27068 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27069 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27070
27071 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27072
27073 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27074 User defined LaTeX block names.
27075 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27076
27077 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27078
27079 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27080 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27081 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27082 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27083
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27085
27086 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27087 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27088 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27089 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27090
27091 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27092
27093 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27094 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27095 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27096 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27097
27098 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27099 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27100 for example,
27101
27102     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27103          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27104
27105 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27106 use.")
27107
27108 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27109
27110 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27111 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27112 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27113 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27114 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27115
27116 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27117
27118 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27119
27120 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27121 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27122 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27123
27124 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27125
27126 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27127 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27128 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27129 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27130 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27131
27132 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27133
27134 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27135 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27136
27137 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27138
27139 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27140 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27141
27142 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27143
27144 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27145 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27146 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27147 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27148 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
27149 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27150 says which mode to use.
27151
27152 \(fn)" t nil)
27153
27154 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27155
27156 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27157
27158 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27159
27160 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27161 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27162 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27163 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27164 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27165
27166 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27167 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27168 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27169 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27170 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27171 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27172 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27173
27174 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27175 mismatched $'s or braces.
27176
27177 Special commands:
27178 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27179
27180 Mode variables:
27181 tex-run-command
27182         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27183 tex-directory
27184         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27185         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27186 tex-dvi-print-command
27187         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27188 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27189         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27190         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27191 tex-dvi-view-command
27192         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27193 tex-show-queue-command
27194         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27195         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27196
27197 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27198 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
27199 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27200
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27204 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27205 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27206 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27207 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27208
27209 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27210 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27211 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27212 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27213 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27214 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27215 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27216
27217 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27218 mismatched $'s or braces.
27219
27220 Special commands:
27221 \\{latex-mode-map}
27222
27223 Mode variables:
27224 latex-run-command
27225         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27226 tex-directory
27227         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27228         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27229 tex-dvi-print-command
27230         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27231 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27232         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27233         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27234 tex-dvi-view-command
27235         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27236 tex-show-queue-command
27237         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27238         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27239
27240 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27241 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
27242 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27243
27244 \(fn)" t nil)
27245
27246 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27247 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27248 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27249 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27250 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27251
27252 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27253 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27254 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27255 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27256 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27257 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27258 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27259
27260 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27261 mismatched $'s or braces.
27262
27263 Special commands:
27264 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27265
27266 Mode variables:
27267 slitex-run-command
27268         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27269 tex-directory
27270         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27271         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27272 tex-dvi-print-command
27273         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27274 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27275         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27276         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27277 tex-dvi-view-command
27278         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27279 tex-show-queue-command
27280         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27281         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27282
27283 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27284 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27285 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27286 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27287
27288 \(fn)" t nil)
27289
27290 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27291
27292
27293 \(fn)" nil nil)
27294
27295 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27296 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27297
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27299
27300 ;;;***
27301 \f
27302 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27303 ;;;;;;  "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27305
27306 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27307 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27308 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27309 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27310
27311 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27312 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
27313 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27314
27315 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27316
27317 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27318 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27319 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27320 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
27321 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27322
27323 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27324
27325 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27326 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27327 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27328 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27329
27330 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27331 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27332 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
27333 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27334
27335 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27336 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27337
27338 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27339
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27343 ;;;;;;  "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27345
27346 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27347 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27348
27349 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27350
27351 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27352 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27353
27354 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27355
27356 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27357 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27358
27359   It has these extra commands:
27360 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27361
27362   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27363 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27364 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
27365 modified version of TeX input format.
27366
27367   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27368 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
27369 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27370 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27371
27372   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27373 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27374 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27375 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27376 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27377 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27378 in the Texinfo file.
27379
27380   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27381 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
27382 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
27383 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27384 move forward past the closing brace.
27385
27386 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27387 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
27388
27389   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27390   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27391   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27392
27393 Here are the functions:
27394
27395     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
27396     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27397     texinfo-sequential-node-update
27398
27399     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27400     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27401     texinfo-master-menu
27402
27403     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27404
27405 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27406 which menu descriptions are indented.
27407
27408 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27409 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27410 in the region.
27411
27412 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27413 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27414 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27415 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27416
27417 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27418 be the first node in the file.
27419
27420 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27421 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27422
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27424
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27428 ;;;;;;  thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27429 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27431
27432 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27433 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27434 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27435 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27436
27437 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27438
27439 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27440 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27441
27442 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27443
27444 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27445 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27446
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27448
27449 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27450
27451
27452 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27453
27454 ;;;***
27455 \f
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27457 ;;;;;;  sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27458 ;;;;;;  "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20874 62962 290468 0))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27460
27461 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27462 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27463 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27464 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27465 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27466 `line', and `page'.
27467
27468 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27471 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27472 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27473 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27474 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27475 `line', and `page'.
27476
27477 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27478 valid THING.
27479
27480 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27481 positions of the thing found.
27482
27483 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27484
27485 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27486 Return the THING at point.
27487 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27488 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27489 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27490 `line', `number', and `page'.
27491
27492 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27493 strip text properties from the return value.
27494
27495 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27496 a symbol as a valid THING.
27497
27498 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27499
27500 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27501 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27502
27503 \(fn)" nil nil)
27504
27505 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27506 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27507
27508 \(fn)" nil nil)
27509
27510 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27511 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27512
27513 \(fn)" nil nil)
27514
27515 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27516 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27517
27518 \(fn)" nil nil)
27519
27520 ;;;***
27521 \f
27522 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27523 ;;;;;;  thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27524 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27525 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27526
27527 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27528 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27529
27530 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27531
27532 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27533 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27534 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27535 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27536
27537 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27538
27539 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27540 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27541
27542 \(fn)" t nil)
27543
27544 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27545 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27546
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27548
27549 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27550
27551 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27552 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27553
27554 \(fn)" t nil)
27555
27556 ;;;***
27557 \f
27558 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27559 ;;;;;;  tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27560 ;;;;;;  tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27561 ;;;;;;  tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27562 ;;;;;;  tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27563 ;;;;;;  45095 436233 0))
27564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27565
27566 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27567 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27568 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27569
27570 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27571
27572 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27573 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27574
27575 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27576
27577 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27578 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27579 The returned string has no composition information.
27580
27581 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27584 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27585
27586 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27587
27588 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27589 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27590
27591 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27592
27593 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27594 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27595 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27596 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27597
27598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27599
27600 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27601 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27602 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27603 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27604
27605 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27606
27607 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27608 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27609 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27610
27611 \(fn)" t nil)
27612
27613 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27614 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27615 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27616
27617 \(fn)" t nil)
27618
27619 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27620
27621
27622 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27623
27624 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27625
27626
27627 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27630
27631
27632 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27633
27634 ;;;***
27635 \f
27636 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27637 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
27638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27639
27640 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27641 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27642 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27643 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27644 parameters.
27645 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27646
27647 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27648
27649 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27650 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27651 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27652 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27653 parameters.
27654 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 ;;;***
27659 \f
27660 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27661 ;;;;;;  display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27662 ;;;;;;  "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27664
27665 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27666 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27667
27668 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27669 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27670
27671 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27672 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27673 This display updates automatically every minute.
27674 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27675 are displayed as well.
27676 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27677
27678 \(fn)" t nil)
27679
27680 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27681 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27682 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27685 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27686
27687 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27688
27689 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27690 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27692 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27693 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27694
27695 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27696 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27697 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27698 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
27699 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27700
27701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27702
27703 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27704 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27705 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27706 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27707
27708 \(fn)" t nil)
27709
27710 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27711 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27712 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27713 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27714
27715 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27716
27717 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27718 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27719
27720 \(fn)" t nil)
27721
27722 ;;;***
27723 \f
27724 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27725 ;;;;;;  time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27726 ;;;;;;  time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27727 ;;;;;;  seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27728 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27730
27731 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27732 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27733 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27734
27735 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27736 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27737        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27738             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27739    (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27740  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27741
27742 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27743 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27744
27745 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27748 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27749
27750 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27751
27752 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27753 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27754
27755 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27756
27757 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27758 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27759 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27760
27761 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27762
27763 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27764
27765 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27766 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27767 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27768
27769 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27770
27771 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27772 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
27773
27774 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27775
27776 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27777 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27778 DATE should be a date-time string.
27779
27780 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27781
27782 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27783 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27784 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27785
27786 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27787
27788 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27789 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27790
27791 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27792
27793 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27794 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27795
27796 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27797
27798 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27799 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27800 TIME should be a time value.
27801 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27802
27803 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27806 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27807 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27808
27809 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27810
27811 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27812 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27813 The valid format specifiers are:
27814 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27815 %d is the number of days.
27816 %h is the number of hours.
27817 %m is the number of minutes.
27818 %s is the number of seconds.
27819 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27820 %% is a literal \"%\".
27821
27822 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27823 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27824
27825 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27826 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27827 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27828
27829 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
27830 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27831 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27832
27833 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27834
27835 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27836
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27840 ;;;;;;  "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27842 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27843 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27844 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27845 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27846 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27847 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27848 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27849 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27850
27851 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27852 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27853 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27854 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
27855     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27856 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27857 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27858 look like one of the following:
27859       Time-stamp: <>
27860       Time-stamp: \" \"
27861 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27862       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27863 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27864 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27865 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27866 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27867 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27868 the template.
27869
27870 \(fn)" t nil)
27871
27872 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27873 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27874 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27875
27876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27877
27878 ;;;***
27879 \f
27880 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27881 ;;;;;;  timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27882 ;;;;;;  timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27883 ;;;;;;  timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27884 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
27885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27886
27887 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27888 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27889 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27890 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27891 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27892 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27893 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27894 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27895 display (non-nil means on).
27896
27897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27900 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27901 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27902 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27903 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27904 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27905 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27906 this function is called within a day.
27907
27908 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27909 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27910 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27911 discover the name of the project.
27912
27913 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27914
27915 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27916 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27917 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27918 begun during the last time segment.
27919
27920 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27921 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27922 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27923 discover the reason.
27924
27925 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27926
27927 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27928 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27929 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27930 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27931 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27932
27933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27934
27935 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27936 Change to working on a different project.
27937 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27938 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27939 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27940 working on.
27941
27942 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27943
27944 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27945 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27946 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27947
27948 \(fn)" nil nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27951 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27952 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27953
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27955
27956 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27957 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27958 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27959 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27960 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27961 \"relative to today\".
27962
27963 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27966 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27967 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27968 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27969
27970 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27973 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27974 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27975 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27976 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27977 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27978
27979 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27980
27981 ;;;***
27982 \f
27983 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27984 ;;;;;;  "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27985 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27986
27987 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27988 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27989 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27990 the generated Quail package is saved.
27991
27992 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27993
27994 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27995 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27996 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27997 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27998 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27999  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28000 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28001
28002 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28003
28004 ;;;***
28005 \f
28006 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28007 ;;;;;;  "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28009  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28010  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28011
28012 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28013 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28014 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28015 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28016 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28017
28018 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28019
28020 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28021 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28022 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28023 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28024 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28025
28026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28027
28028 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28029 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28030 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
28031 in the menu in two ways:
28032    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28033    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28034 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28035
28036 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28037 keymap or an alist of alists.
28038 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28039 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28040
28041 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28042
28043 ;;;***
28044 \f
28045 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28046 ;;;;;;  todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28047 ;;;;;;  "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28049
28050 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28051 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28052
28053 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28054
28055 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28056 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28057
28058 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28061 Insert new TODO list entry.
28062 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28063 category.
28064
28065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28066
28067 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28068 List top priorities for each category.
28069
28070 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28071 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28072
28073 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28074 between each category.
28075 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28076
28077 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28078
28079 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28080 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28081 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28082 between each category.
28083
28084 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28085
28086 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28087
28088 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28089 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28090
28091 \(fn)" t nil)
28092
28093 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28094 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28095
28096 \(fn)" nil nil)
28097
28098 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28099 Show TODO list.
28100
28101 \(fn)" t nil)
28102
28103 ;;;***
28104 \f
28105 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28106 ;;;;;;  tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28107 ;;;;;;  "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28109
28110 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28111 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28112 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28113
28114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28115
28116 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28117 Add an item to the tool bar.
28118 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28119 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28120 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28121 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28122
28123 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28124 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28125 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28126 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28127
28128 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28129 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28130
28131 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28132
28133 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28134 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28135 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28136 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28137 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28138 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28139
28140 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28141 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28142 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28143 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28144
28145 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28146
28147 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28148 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28149 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28150 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28151 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28152 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28153 properties to add to the binding.
28154
28155 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28156
28157 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28158 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28159
28160 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28161
28162 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28163 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28164 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28165 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28166 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28167 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28168 properties to add to the binding.
28169
28170 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28171 holds a keymap.
28172
28173 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28178 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 412929 442000))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28180
28181 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28182 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28183 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28186 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28187
28188 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28189
28190 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28191 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28193 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28194 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28195
28196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28197
28198 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28199
28200 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28201 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28202
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28204
28205 ;;;***
28206 \f
28207 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28208 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28210
28211 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28212 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28213
28214 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28215 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
28216 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28217 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28218 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28219
28220 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28221 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28222 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28223 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
28224 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28225
28226   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28227   (tpu-edt)
28228
28229 Known Problems:
28230
28231 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28232 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
28233 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28234 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
28235 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
28236 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28237
28238 \(fn)" t nil)
28239
28240 ;;;***
28241 \f
28242 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818
28243 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28245
28246 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28247 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28248 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28249 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28250 to a tcp server on another machine.
28251
28252 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28253
28254 ;;;***
28255 \f
28256 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28257 ;;;;;;  trace-values trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el"
28258 ;;;;;;  (20903 10024 645978 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28260
28261 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28262 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28263
28264 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28265
28266 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28267 Helper function to get internal values.
28268 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28269
28270 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28271
28272 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28273 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28274 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28275 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER.  This function generates the
28276 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28277 there might be!!  The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28278 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28279 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28280
28281 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28282
28283 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28284
28285 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28286 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28287 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28288 changing the window configuration.
28289
28290 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28291
28292 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28293
28294 ;;;***
28295 \f
28296 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28297 ;;;;;;  tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28298 ;;;;;;  tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28299 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp.el" (20854 24486 190633 0))
28300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28301
28302 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28303 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28304 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28305
28306 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28307
28308 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28309 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28310
28311 It can have the following values:
28312
28313   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28314   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28315   'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28316
28317 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28318
28319 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28320 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28321 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28322 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28323
28324 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28325
28326 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28327 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28328 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28329 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28330
28331 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28332 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28333 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28334
28335 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28336 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28337 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28338 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28339 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
28340 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28341 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28342 files which are not really Tramp files.
28343
28344 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28345 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28346 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28347 updated after changing this variable.
28348
28349 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28350
28351 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28352 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28353 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28354 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28355
28356 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28357
28358 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28359 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28360 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28361 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28362
28363 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28364 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28365 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28366
28367 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28368 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28369 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28370
28371 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28372 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28373 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28374 updated after changing this variable.
28375
28376 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28377
28378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28379 Alist of completion handler functions.
28380 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28381 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28382 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28383
28384 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28385 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28386 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28387 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28388
28389 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28390 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28391 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28392 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28393
28394 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28395 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28396 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28397
28398 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28399
28400 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28401 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28402 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28403
28404 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28405 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28406
28407 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28408
28409 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28410
28411
28412 \(fn)" nil nil)
28413
28414 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28415 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28416
28417 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28418
28419 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28420 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28421
28422 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28423
28424 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28425 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28426
28427 \(fn)" t nil)
28428
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28432 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28434
28435 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28436
28437
28438 \(fn)" nil nil)
28439
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20760
28443 ;;;;;;  54070 584283 0))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28445
28446 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28452 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28453 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28454
28455 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28456 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28457 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28458
28459 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28460 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28461 resumed later.
28462
28463 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28464
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28468 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28470
28471 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28472
28473
28474 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28475
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28479 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28481  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28482  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28483  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28484
28485 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28486 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28487 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28488 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28489 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28490 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28491 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28492
28493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28494
28495 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28496 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28497 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28498 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28499
28500 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28501
28502 \(fn)" t nil)
28503
28504 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28505 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28506 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28507 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28508 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28509 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28510 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28511
28512 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28513 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28514
28515 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28516                        \\___/\\
28517                         /    \\
28518    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28519
28520 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28521
28522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28523
28524 ;;;***
28525 \f
28526 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28527 ;;;;;;  type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28528 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 912957 506000))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28530
28531 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28532 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28533 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28536 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28537
28538 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28539
28540 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28541 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28542 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28543
28544 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28545 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28546 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28547 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28548 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28549 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28550 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28551
28552 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28553 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28554
28555 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28556 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28557 reset the keystroke counter.
28558
28559 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28560 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28561 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28562 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28563
28564 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28565 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28566 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28567 `type-break-schedule' command.
28568
28569 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28570 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28571 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28572 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28573 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28574 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28575 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28576 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28577 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28578
28579 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28580 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28581 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28582 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28583 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28584
28585 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28586 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28587 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28588 approximate good values for this.
28589
28590 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28591 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28592
28593         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28594         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28595         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28596         `type-break-warning-repeat'
28597         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28598         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28599
28600 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28601 a typing break occur.  They include:
28602
28603         `type-break-query-mode'
28604         `type-break-query-function'
28605         `type-break-query-interval'
28606
28607 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28608
28609 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28610 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28611 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28612 problems.
28613
28614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28615
28616 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28617 Take a typing break.
28618
28619 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28620 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28621
28622 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28623 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28624
28625 \(fn)" t nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28628 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28629 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28630 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28631
28632 \(fn)" t nil)
28633
28634 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28635 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28636
28637 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28638 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28639 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28640 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28641 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28642 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28643 average typing speed.)
28644
28645 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28646 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28647 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28648 the computed maximum threshold.
28649
28650 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28651 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28652 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28653 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28654 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28655
28656 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28657
28658 ;;;***
28659 \f
28660 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818
28661 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28663
28664 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28665 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28666 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28667 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28668 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28669
28670 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28671
28672 ;;;***
28673 \f
28674 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28675 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28676 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28677 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28678 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28679 ;;;;;;  "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28681
28682 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28683 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28684
28685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28686
28687 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28688 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28689
28690 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28691
28692 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28693 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28694
28695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28696
28697 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28698 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28699
28700 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28703 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28704
28705 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28706
28707 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28708 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28709
28710 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28711
28712 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28713 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28714
28715 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28716
28717 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28718 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28719
28720 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28721
28722 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28723 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28724
28725 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28726
28727 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28728 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28729
28730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28731
28732 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28733 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28734
28735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28736
28737 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28738 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28739
28740 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28741
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28745 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/underline.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28747
28748 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28749 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28750 Works by overstriking underscores.
28751 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28752 which specify the range to operate on.
28753
28754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28755
28756 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28757 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28758 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28759 which specify the range to operate on.
28760
28761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28762
28763 ;;;***
28764 \f
28765 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28766 ;;;;;;  (20895 15912 444844 0))
28767 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28768
28769 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28770 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28771 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28772 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28773 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28774 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28775
28776 \(fn)" nil nil)
28777
28778 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28779 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28780 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28781
28782 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28783
28784 ;;;***
28785 \f
28786 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709
28787 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28789
28790 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28791 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28792 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28793 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28794
28795 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28796
28797 ;;;***
28798 \f
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28800 ;;;;;;  "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28802
28803 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28804 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28805 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
28806 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28807 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28808
28809 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28810 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28811 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28812 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28813 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28814 occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28815
28816 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28817 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28818 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28819
28820 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28821 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28822 the callback is not called).
28823
28824 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28825 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28826 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28827 take effect.
28828
28829 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28830 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28831 the server.
28832 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28833 URL-encoded before it's used.
28834
28835 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28836
28837 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28838 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28839 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28840 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28841 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28842
28843 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28844
28845 ;;;***
28846 \f
28847 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28848 ;;;;;;  "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28850
28851 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28852 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28853 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28854
28855 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28856        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28857        `url-generic-parse-url'
28858 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28859        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28860        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28861        realm
28862 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28863        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28864        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28865        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28866        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28867        what type of auth to use
28868 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28869        if one cannot be found in the cache
28870
28871 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28872
28873 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28874 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28875
28876 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28877          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28878          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28879 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28880          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28881 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28882          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28883          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28884
28885 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28886
28887 ;;;***
28888 \f
28889 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28890 ;;;;;;  "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
28891 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28892
28893 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28894 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28895
28896 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28899 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28900 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28901
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28903
28904 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28905 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28906
28907 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28908
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818
28912 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28914
28915 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28916
28917
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28919
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28923 ;;;;;;  "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295 0))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28925
28926 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28927 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28928 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28929
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28933 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
28934 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28935 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28936
28937 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
28938 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
28939 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28940 though.
28941
28942 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28943
28944 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28945 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28946 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28947
28948 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28949
28950 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28951
28952
28953 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28954
28955 ;;;***
28956 \f
28957 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709
28958 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28960
28961 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28962 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28963
28964 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28965
28966 ;;;***
28967 \f
28968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28969 ;;;;;;  "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28971
28972 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28973 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28974
28975 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28976
28977 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28978 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28979 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28980 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28981 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28982
28983 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28984
28985 ;;;***
28986 \f
28987 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28988 ;;;;;;  url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28989 ;;;;;;  (20892 39729 858825 0))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28991
28992 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28993 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28994 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28996 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28997 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28998
28999 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29000
29001 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29002 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29004 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
29005 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29006
29007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29008
29009 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29010 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29011 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
29012 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29013
29014 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29017 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
29018 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29019 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29020 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29021 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29022 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29023 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
29024 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29025 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29026
29027 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29028
29029 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29030 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29031 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29032 accessible.
29033
29034 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29035
29036 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29037
29038
29039 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29040
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20766 59628 334727
29044 ;;;;;;  618000))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29046  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29047
29048 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29049  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29050  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29051  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29052  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29053
29054 ;;;***
29055 \f
29056 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818
29057 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29058 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29059
29060 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29061
29062
29063 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29064
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709
29068 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29070
29071 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29072 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29073 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29074 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29075 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29076
29077 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29078
29079 ;;;***
29080 \f
29081 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29082 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29084
29085 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29086
29087
29088 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29089
29090 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29091 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29092
29093 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29094
29095 ;;;***
29096 \f
29097 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29098 ;;;;;;  url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29099 ;;;;;;  0))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29103 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29104
29105 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29106
29107 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29108 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29109
29110 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29113
29114
29115 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29116
29117 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29118
29119 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29120
29121 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29124 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29125
29126 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29127
29128 ;;;***
29129 \f
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29131 ;;;;;;  (20884 7264 912957 506000))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29135
29136
29137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29138
29139 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29140
29141
29142 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29143
29144 ;;;***
29145 \f
29146 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29147 ;;;;;;  dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29148 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29150
29151 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29152
29153
29154 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29155
29156 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29157
29158
29159 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29160
29161 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29162
29163
29164 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29167
29168
29169 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29172
29173
29174 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29177
29178
29179 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29182
29183
29184 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29185
29186 ;;;***
29187 \f
29188 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29189 ;;;;;;  "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29190 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29191
29192 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29193 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29194
29195 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29196
29197 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29198 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29199 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29200
29201 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29202 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
29203 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29204 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29205          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29206 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29207 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29208 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29209          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29210 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29211          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29212          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29213 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29214          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29215
29216 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29217 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29218 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29219
29220 Here is an example.  The URL
29221
29222   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29223
29224 parses to
29225
29226   TYPE     = \"foo\"
29227   USER     = \"bob\"
29228   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29229   HOST     = \"example.com\"
29230   PORTSPEC = 42
29231   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29232   TARGET   = \"nose\"
29233   ATTRIBUTES = nil
29234   FULLNESS = t
29235
29236 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29237
29238 ;;;***
29239 \f
29240 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29241 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29242 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29243
29244 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29245 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29246
29247 \(fn)" t nil)
29248
29249 ;;;***
29250 \f
29251 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29252 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29254
29255 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29256 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29257 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29258 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
29259 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29260 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29261
29262 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29263
29264 ;;;***
29265 \f
29266 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29267 ;;;;;;  url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29268 ;;;;;;  url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29269 ;;;;;;  url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29270 ;;;;;;  url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29271 ;;;;;;  url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29272 ;;;;;;  url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709
29273 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29275
29276 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29277 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29278 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29279
29280 If t, all messages will be logged.
29281 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29282 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29283
29284 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29285
29286 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29287
29288
29289 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29290
29291 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29292
29293
29294 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29295
29296 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29297 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29298 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29299 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
29300 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
29301     &  ==>  &amp;
29302     <  ==>  &lt;
29303     >  ==>  &gt;
29304     \"  ==>  &quot;
29305
29306 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29307
29308 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29309 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29310 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29311
29312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29315 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29316 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29317
29318 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29319
29320 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29321 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29322
29323 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29324
29325 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29326 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29327
29328 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29331 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29332
29333 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29334
29335 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29336
29337
29338 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29339
29340 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29341
29342
29343 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29346
29347
29348 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29349
29350 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29351
29352 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29353 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29354
29355 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29356
29357 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29358 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29359
29360 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29361
29362 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29363
29364
29365 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29366
29367 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29368 Build a query-string.
29369
29370 Given a QUERY in the form:
29371 '((key1 val1)
29372   (key2 val2)
29373   (key3 val1 val2)
29374   (key4)
29375   (key5 \"\"))
29376
29377 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29378
29379 This will return a string
29380 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29381 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29382 be used.
29383
29384 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29385
29386 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29387 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29388
29389 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29392 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29393 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29394 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29395 forbidden in URL encoding.
29396
29397 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29400 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29401 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29402 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29403 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29404 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29405
29406 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
29407 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29408 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29409 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29410
29411 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29414 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29415 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29416 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
29417 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29418 should return it unchanged.
29419
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29423 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29424 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29425 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29426
29427 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29430 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29431 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29432
29433 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29434
29435 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29436 View the current document's URL.
29437 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29438 the minibuffer.
29439
29440 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29441
29442 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29443
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29447 ;;;;;;  "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29449
29450 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29451 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29452 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29453   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29454     to refrain from editing the file
29455   return t (grab the lock on the file)
29456   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29457 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29458 in any way you like.
29459
29460 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29463 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29464 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29465 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29466 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29467
29468 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29469 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29470
29471 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29472
29473 ;;;***
29474 \f
29475 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29476 ;;;;;;  utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29477 ;;;;;;  "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29479
29480 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29481
29482
29483 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29486
29487
29488 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29489
29490 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29491
29492
29493 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29496
29497
29498 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29499
29500 ;;;***
29501 \f
29502 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657
29503 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29505
29506 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29507 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29508
29509 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29510
29511 ;;;***
29512 \f
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29514 ;;;;;;  uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29515 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29517
29518 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29519 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29520 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
29521 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29522
29523 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29524
29525 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29526 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29527 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29528
29529 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29530
29531 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29532 Uudecode region between START and END.
29533 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29534
29535 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29536
29537 ;;;***
29538 \f
29539 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29540 ;;;;;;  vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29541 ;;;;;;  vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29542 ;;;;;;  vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29543 ;;;;;;  vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29544 ;;;;;;  vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29545 ;;;;;;  vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20855
29546 ;;;;;;  45357 683214 0))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29548
29549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29550 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29551 See `run-hooks'.")
29552
29553 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29554
29555 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29556 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29557 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29558
29559 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29560
29561 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29562 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29563 See `run-hooks'.")
29564
29565 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29566
29567 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29568 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29569 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29570 same state.  If not, signal an error.
29571
29572 For merging-based version control systems:
29573   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29574    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29575   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29576    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29577   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29578    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29579
29580 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29581   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29582   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29583    the file(s) for editing.
29584   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29585    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
29586    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29587    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29588   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29589   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29590
29591 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29592
29593 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29594 Register into a version control system.
29595 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29596 Otherwise register the current file.
29597 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29598 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29599
29600 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29601 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29602 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29603 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29604 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29605 first backend that could register the file is used.
29606
29607 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29608
29609 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29610 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29611
29612 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29613
29614 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29615 Display diffs between file revisions.
29616 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29617 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29618 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29619
29620 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29621 saving the buffer.
29622
29623 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29624
29625 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29626 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29627 repository history using ediff.
29628
29629 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29630
29631 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29632 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29633 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29634 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29635 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29636
29637 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29638 saving the buffer.
29639
29640 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29641
29642 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29643 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29644 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29645 fileset with the working revision.
29646 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29647 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29648
29649 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29650 saving the buffer.
29651
29652 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29653
29654 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29655 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29656 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29657 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29658
29659 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29662 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29663 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29664 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29665
29666 \(fn)" t nil)
29667
29668 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29669 Perform a version control merge operation.
29670 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29671 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29672 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29673 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29674
29675 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29676 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
29677 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
29678 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29679 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29680 changes from the current branch.
29681
29682 \(fn)" t nil)
29683
29684 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29685
29686 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29687 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29688 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29689 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29690 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29691 checked out in that new branch.
29692
29693 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29694
29695 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29696 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29697 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29698 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29699 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29700 allowed and simply skipped).
29701
29702 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29703
29704 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29705 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29706 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29707 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29708 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29709
29710 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29711 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29712
29713 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29714
29715 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29716 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29717 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29718 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29719 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29720
29721 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29722
29723 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29724 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29725 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29726
29727 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29728
29729 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29730 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29731 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29732
29733 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29734
29735 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29736 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29737 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29738 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29739
29740 \(fn)" t nil)
29741
29742 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29743 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29744 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29745 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29746
29747 \(fn)" t nil)
29748
29749 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29750
29751 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29752 Update the current fileset or branch.
29753 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29754 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29755 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29756 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29757
29758 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29759 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
29760 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29761 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29762 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29763
29764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29765
29766 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29767
29768 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29769 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29770 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29771 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29772 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29773 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29774 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29775
29776 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29777
29778 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29779 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29780 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29781 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29782 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29783 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29784 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29785 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29786 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29787
29788 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29789
29790 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29791 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29792 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29793 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29794
29795 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29796
29797 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29798 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29799 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29800 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29801
29802 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29803
29804 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29805 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29806 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29807 directory.
29808
29809 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29810
29811 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29812 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29813 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29814
29815 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29816 log entries should be gathered.
29817
29818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29819
29820 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29821 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29822
29823 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29824
29825 ;;;***
29826 \f
29827 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29828 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29830
29831 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29832 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29833
29834 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29835 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29836 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29837 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29838 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29839 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29840
29841 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29842 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29843 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29844 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29845 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29846 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29847 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29848 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29849
29850 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29851
29852 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29853
29854 Customization variables:
29855
29856 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29857 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29858 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29859 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29860
29861 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29862
29863 ;;;***
29864 \f
29865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20900 33838 319219
29866 ;;;;;;  0))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29868  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29869   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29870       (progn
29871         (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29872         (vc-arch-registered file))))
29873
29874 ;;;***
29875 \f
29876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20900 33838 319219
29877 ;;;;;;  0))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29879
29880 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29881 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29882
29883 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29884 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29885  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29886   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29887       (progn
29888         (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29889         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29890
29891 ;;;***
29892 \f
29893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20900 33838 319219
29894 ;;;;;;  0))
29895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29896 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29897   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29898   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29899                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29900       (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29901       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29902
29903 ;;;***
29904 \f
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20900 33838 319219
29906 ;;;;;;  0))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29908
29909 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29910 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29911 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29912 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29913 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29914
29915 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29916 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29917 The file lines appear later.
29918
29919 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29920 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29921
29922 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29923
29924 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29925
29926 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29927
29928 ;;;***
29929 \f
29930 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29931 ;;;;;;  (20851 48294 960738 0))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29933
29934 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29935 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29936 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29937 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
29938 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
29939 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29940 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29941 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29942 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29943 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29944 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29945 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29946 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29947 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29948 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29949
29950 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29951
29952 ;;;***
29953 \f
29954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20900 33838 319219
29955 ;;;;;;  0))
29956 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29957  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29958   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29959   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
29960       (progn
29961         (load "vc-git" nil t)
29962         (vc-git-registered file))))
29963
29964 ;;;***
29965 \f
29966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20900 33838 319219 0))
29967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29968  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29969   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29970   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
29971       (progn
29972         (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29973         (vc-hg-registered file))))
29974
29975 ;;;***
29976 \f
29977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20900 33838 319219
29978 ;;;;;;  0))
29979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29980
29981 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29982 Name of the monotone directory.")
29983
29984 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29985 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29986  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29987   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29988       (progn
29989         (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29990         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29991
29992 ;;;***
29993 \f
29994 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29995 ;;;;;;  (20900 33838 319219 0))
29996 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29997
29998 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29999 Where to look for RCS master files.
30000 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30001
30002 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30003
30004 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30005
30006 ;;;***
30007 \f
30008 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30009 ;;;;;;  (20900 33838 319219 0))
30010 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30011
30012 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30013 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30014 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30015
30016 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30017
30018 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30019
30020 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30021 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30022 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30023 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30024
30025 ;;;***
30026 \f
30027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20900 33838 319219
30028 ;;;;;;  0))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30030  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30031   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30032                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30033                           "_svn")
30034                          (t ".svn"))))
30035     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30036       (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30037       (vc-svn-registered f))))
30038
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30042 ;;;;;;  (20893 60586 188550 0))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30044  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
30045
30046 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30047 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30048
30049 Usage:
30050 ------
30051
30052   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30053     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30054     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30055     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30056
30057   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30058     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30059     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30060     completions.
30061
30062     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30063     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30064
30065   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30066     uncomments a region if already commented out.
30067
30068   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
30069     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30070     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30071
30072   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30073
30074
30075 Maintenance:
30076 ------------
30077
30078 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30079 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30080
30081 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30082
30083 Official distribution is at
30084 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30085
30086
30087                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
30088                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30089
30090 Key bindings:
30091 -------------
30092
30093 \\{vera-mode-map}
30094
30095 \(fn)" t nil)
30096
30097 ;;;***
30098 \f
30099 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30100 ;;;;;;  (20885 2819 449152 0))
30101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30102
30103 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30104 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30105 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30106 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30107 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30108
30109 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30110
30111 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30113
30114 Supports highlighting.
30115
30116 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30117 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30118
30119 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30120
30121  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
30122    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30123  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
30124    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30125    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30126    on the left side of your screen.
30127  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
30128    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30129    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30130  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
30131    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30132    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30133    function keyword.
30134  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
30135    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30136  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
30137    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30138       if (a)
30139         begin
30140  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
30141    Indentation for case statements.
30142  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
30143    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30144    mark after an end.
30145  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
30146    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30147  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
30148    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30149    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30150  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
30151    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30152    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
30153    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
30154       if (a)
30155          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30156    otherwise you get:
30157       if (a)
30158       begin
30159  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
30160    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30161    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30162    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30163  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30164    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30165    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
30166    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30167    comments in tight quarters.
30168  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
30169    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30170
30171 Variables controlling other actions:
30172
30173  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
30174    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
30175    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30176
30177 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30178
30179 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30180
30181     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
30182     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
30183     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30184
30185 Some other functions are:
30186
30187     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30188     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
30189     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
30190     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
30191     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30192
30193     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
30194     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30195     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
30196     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
30197
30198     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30199     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
30200     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30201     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30202     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30203     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
30204     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30205     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30206     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30207     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
30208     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class]  Insert an UVM Class block.
30209     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30210     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30211     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30212     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30213     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30214     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30215     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30216     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30217     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30218     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
30219     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30220     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30221     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30222     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30223     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30224     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30225     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30226     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30227     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30228
30229 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30230 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30231
30232 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30233
30234 \(fn)" t nil)
30235
30236 ;;;***
30237 \f
30238 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30239 ;;;;;;  (20892 39729 858825 0))
30240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30241
30242 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30243 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30244
30245 Usage:
30246 ------
30247
30248   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30249     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30250     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
30251     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30252     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
30253     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
30254     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30255     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
30256     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30257
30258       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30259     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
30260     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30261     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30262
30263       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30264     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30265     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30266     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30267     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30268
30269       Template styles can be customized in customization group
30270     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30271
30272
30273   HEADER INSERTION:
30274     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
30275     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30276     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30277
30278
30279   STUTTERING:
30280     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30281     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30282     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30283     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30284
30285       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
30286       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
30287       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
30288       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
30289       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
30290
30291
30292   WORD COMPLETION:
30293     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30294     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30295     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
30296     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30297
30298       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30299     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
30300     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30301     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30302     beginning with \"std\").
30303
30304       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30305     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30306     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30307     stop.
30308
30309
30310   COMMENTS:
30311         `--'       puts a single comment.
30312         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30313         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30314                    with a comment in between.
30315         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
30316                    out following lines.
30317         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
30318                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
30319                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30320                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30321
30322       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30323     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30324     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30325     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30326     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30327     non-nil.
30328
30329       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30330     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
30331     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
30332     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30333     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
30334     multi-line comments.
30335
30336
30337   INDENTATION:
30338     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
30339     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
30340     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30341     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30342     the entire region.
30343
30344       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30345     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
30346     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30347     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30348
30349       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30350     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30351     and vice versa.
30352
30353       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
30354     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30355
30356       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30357     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30358     line.
30359
30360
30361   ALIGNMENT:
30362     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30363     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30364     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30365     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30366     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30367     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
30368     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30369     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30370
30371       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30372     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30373     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30374     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
30375     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30376     is non-nil.
30377
30378       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30379     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30380     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30381
30382       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
30383     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30384
30385
30386   CODE FILLING:
30387     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30388     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30389     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30390     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30391     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30392     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30393
30394
30395   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30396     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30397     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30398     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30399     command:
30400
30401       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30402
30403
30404   PORT TRANSLATION:
30405     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30406     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30407     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30408     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30409     internal signal initializations (menu).
30410
30411       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30412     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
30413     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30414
30415       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30416     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
30417     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30418     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
30419     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30420     in subsequent paste operations.)
30421
30422       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30423     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30424     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30425
30426
30427   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30428     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30429     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
30430     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30431     association list with formals).
30432
30433
30434   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30435     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
30436     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30437     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
30438     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30439     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
30440     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30441     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30442    `vhdl-testbench'.
30443
30444
30445   KEY BINDINGS:
30446     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30447
30448
30449   VHDL MENU:
30450     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30451
30452
30453   FILE BROWSER:
30454     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
30455     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30456     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30457
30458       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30459     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30460
30461
30462   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30463     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30464     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30465     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30466
30467       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30468     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30469     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30470
30471       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30472     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
30473     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
30474     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30475
30476       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30477     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
30478     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30479     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30480     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30481
30482       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30483     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30484     required by secondary units.
30485
30486
30487   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30488     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30489     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30490     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30491     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
30492     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30493     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30494       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30495         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30496       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30497         inputs to this component -> input port created
30498       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30499         outputs from this component -> output port created
30500       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30501         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30502
30503       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30504     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30505     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30506     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30507     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30508
30509       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30510     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30511
30512       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30513     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30514     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
30515     component instantiation is also supported (option
30516     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30517
30518       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30519     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30520     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
30521     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30522     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30523     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30524     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
30525     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30526     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
30527     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30528     generating the configuration.
30529
30530       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30531     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30532     configurations in speedbar.
30533
30534       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30535
30536
30537   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30538     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30539     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
30540     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
30541     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30542     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30543     information.  New compilers can be added.
30544
30545       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30546     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30547
30548
30549   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30550     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30551     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
30552     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
30553     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30554
30555       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30556     command:
30557
30558         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30559               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30560               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30561
30562       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30563     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30564     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
30565     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
30566     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30567     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30568     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
30569     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30570     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30571
30572     Limitations:
30573       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30574         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30575         not (yet) supported.
30576       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30577         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30578       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30579
30580
30581   PROJECTS:
30582     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30583     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30584     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
30585     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30586     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30587     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30588     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30589     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30590
30591       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30592     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30593     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
30594     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30595     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30596     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30597     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
30598     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
30599     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30600     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30601     `vhdl-project-alist'.
30602
30603
30604   SPECIAL MENUES:
30605     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30606     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30607     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30608     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30609     larger than 256000).  Also, a source file menu can be
30610     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30611     current directory for VHDL source files.
30612
30613
30614   VHDL STANDARDS:
30615     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30616     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30617
30618
30619   KEYWORD CASE:
30620     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30621     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
30622     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30623     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30624     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
30625     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30626     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30627     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30628
30629
30630   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30631     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30632     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30633     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30634     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30635     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30636     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30637
30638       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30639     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30640     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30641     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
30642     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30643     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30644
30645       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30646     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30647     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
30648     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30649     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30650     visually.
30651
30652       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30653     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
30654     highlighted if written in lower case.
30655
30656       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30657     highlighted using a different background color if option
30658     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30659
30660       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30661     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
30662     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30663     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30664     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30665
30666
30667   USER MODELS:
30668     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30669     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30670     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30671
30672
30673   HIDE/SHOW:
30674     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30675     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30676     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30677     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
30678     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30679
30680
30681   CODE UPDATING:
30682     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30683       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30684       Limitations:
30685         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30686           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30687         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30688           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30689         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30690       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30691       (used to obtain the port names).
30692       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30693       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30694       sensitivity lists.
30695
30696
30697   CODE FIXING:
30698     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30699     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30700
30701
30702   PRINTING:
30703     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30704     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30705     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30706     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30707     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30708     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
30709     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30710     printers.
30711
30712
30713   OPTIONS:
30714     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
30715     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
30716     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30717     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
30718     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30719
30720       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30721     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30722     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
30723     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30724     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30725     INSTALL file).
30726
30727       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30728     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30729
30730
30731   FILE EXTENSIONS:
30732     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30733     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
30734     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30735
30736       (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30737
30738
30739   HINTS:
30740     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30741       a VHDL file first, use the command:
30742
30743         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30744
30745     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30746
30747     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30748
30749
30750   RELEASE NOTES:
30751     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30752
30753
30754 Maintenance:
30755 ------------
30756
30757 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30758 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30759
30760 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30761
30762 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30763 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30764 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
30765 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30766
30767 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30768 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30769 where the latest version can be found.
30770
30771
30772 Known problems:
30773 ---------------
30774
30775 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30776 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30777 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30778 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30779
30780
30781                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
30782                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30783
30784 Key bindings:
30785 -------------
30786
30787 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30788
30789 \(fn)" t nil)
30790
30791 ;;;***
30792 \f
30793 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30794 ;;;;;;  0))
30795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30796
30797 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30798 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30799 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30800 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30801
30802 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30803 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30804 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30805 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30806 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30807
30808 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30809 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30810
30811 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30812
30813 * Limitations and unsupported features
30814   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30815     not supported.
30816   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30817   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30818
30819 * Modifications
30820   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30821     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30822     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30823   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30824     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
30825     for undoing a repeated change command.
30826   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30827     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
30828   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30829
30830 * Extensions
30831   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30832     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30833   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30834     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30835   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30836     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30837     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
30838   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30839
30840 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30841
30842 \(fn)" t nil)
30843
30844 ;;;***
30845 \f
30846 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30847 ;;;;;;  viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30848 ;;;;;;  viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30849 ;;;;;;  "language/viet-util.el" (20826 45095 436233 0))
30850 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30851
30852 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30853 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30854
30855 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30856
30857 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30858 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30859 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30860 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30861
30862 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30863
30864 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30865 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30866
30867 \(fn)" t nil)
30868
30869 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30870 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30871 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30872 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30873
30874 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30875
30876 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30877 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30878
30879 \(fn)" t nil)
30880
30881 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30882
30883
30884 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30885
30886 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30887
30888
30889 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30890
30891 ;;;***
30892 \f
30893 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30894 ;;;;;;  view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30895 ;;;;;;  view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30896 ;;;;;;  view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30897 ;;;;;;  "view" "view.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
30898 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30899
30900 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30901 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30902 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30903
30904 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30905
30906 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30907 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30908 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30909 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30910
30911 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30912
30913 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30914 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30915
30916 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30917
30918 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30919 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30920 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30921 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30922 moving around in the buffer.
30923 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30924 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30925
30926 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30927
30928 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30929
30930 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30931 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30932 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30933 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30934
30935 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30936 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30937 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30938 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30939 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30940
30941 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30942
30943 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30944
30945 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30946 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30947 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30948 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30949 buffer.
30950
30951 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30952 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30953 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30954 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30955 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30956
30957 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30958
30959 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30960
30961 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30962 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30963 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30964 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30965 moving around in the buffer.
30966 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30967 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30968
30969 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30970
30971 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30972 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30973 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30974
30975 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30976 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30977 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
30978 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30979
30980 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30981 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30982 own View-like bindings.
30983
30984 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30987 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30989 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30990 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30992 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30993
30994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30995
30996 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30997
30998 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30999 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
31000 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31001
31002 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31003 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31004 own View-like bindings.
31005
31006 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31007
31008 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31009 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31010 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31011 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31012 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31013 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31014 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31015
31016 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31017
31018 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31019
31020 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31021 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
31022 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31023
31024 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31025 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31026 own View-like bindings.
31027
31028 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31029
31030 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31031 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31033 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31034 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31035
31036 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31037 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
31038 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
31039 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31040
31041 \\<view-mode-map>
31042
31043 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
31044 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
31045 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31046 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31047 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31048 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
31049 to a repeat count of one.
31050
31051 H, h, ?  This message.
31052 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
31053 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
31054 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31055 >       move to the end of buffer.
31056 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31057 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31058           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31059 DEL, S-SPC  scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31060               With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31061 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31062 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31063 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
31064           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31065 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
31066           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31067 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31068 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31069 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31070           Use this to view a changing file.
31071 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
31072 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31073 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31074 .       set the mark.
31075 x       exchanges point and mark.
31076 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
31077           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31078           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31079 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
31080 '       go to position saved in character register.
31081 s       do forward incremental search.
31082 r       do reverse incremental search.
31083 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31084           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31085           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
31086           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31087 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31088 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
31089 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
31090 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31091           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31092 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
31093           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31094           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31095 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31096           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31097 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31098 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31099 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31100
31101 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
31102 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31103 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31104 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31105 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31106 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31107 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31108 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31109 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31110
31111 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31112
31113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31114
31115 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31116 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31117 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31118 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31119 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
31120 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31121 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31122 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31123 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31124
31125 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31126
31127 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31128
31129 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31130 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31131 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31132 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31133 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31134 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31135
31136 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31137 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
31138 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31139
31140 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31141
31142 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31143
31144 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31145
31146 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31147 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31148
31149 \(fn)" t nil)
31150
31151 ;;;***
31152 \f
31153 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20799
31154 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
31155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31156
31157 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31158 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31159
31160 \(fn)" nil nil)
31161
31162 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31163 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31164
31165 \(fn)" t nil)
31166
31167 ;;;***
31168 \f
31169 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31170 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
31171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31172
31173 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31174 Toggle Viper on/off.
31175 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
31176
31177 \(fn)" t nil)
31178
31179 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31180 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31181
31182 \(fn)" t nil)
31183
31184 ;;;***
31185 \f
31186 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31187 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
31188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31189
31190 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31191 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31192 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31193 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31194 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31195 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31196 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
31197 the beginning of the warning.")
31198
31199 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31200 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31201 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31202 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31203 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31204 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31205 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31206 also call that function before the next warning.")
31207
31208 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31209 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31210
31211 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31212 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31213 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31214 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31215
31216 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31217 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31218 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31219 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31220 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31221 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31222
31223 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31224 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31225 Default is :warning.
31226
31227 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31228               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31229 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31230 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31231               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31232 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31233
31234 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31235 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
31236 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31237
31238 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31239
31240 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31241 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31242
31243 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31244
31245 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31246 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31247 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31248 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31249
31250 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31251 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31252 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31253 can be whatever you like.)
31254
31255 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31256 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31257
31258 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31259               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31260 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
31261 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31262 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31263
31264 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31265
31266 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31267 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31268 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31269 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31270 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31271
31272 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31273
31274 ;;;***
31275 \f
31276 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31277 ;;;;;;  (20900 33838 319219 0))
31278 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31279
31280 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31281 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31282 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31283 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31284 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31285 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31286 directories to reflect your edits.
31287
31288 See `wdired-mode'.
31289
31290 \(fn)" t nil)
31291
31292 ;;;***
31293 \f
31294 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20709 26818
31295 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
31296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31297
31298 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31299 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31300
31301 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31302 hotlist.
31303
31304 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31305 <nwv@acm.org>.
31306
31307 \(fn)" t nil)
31308
31309 ;;;***
31310 \f
31311 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31312 ;;;;;;  (20895 15912 444844 0))
31313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31314  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31315  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31316
31317 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31318
31319 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31320 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31321 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31324 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31325
31326 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31327
31328 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31329 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31331 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31333
31334 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
31335 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31336 in certain major modes.
31337
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31339
31340 ;;;***
31341 \f
31342 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31343 ;;;;;;  whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31344 ;;;;;;  global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31345 ;;;;;;  whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20874 65007
31346 ;;;;;;  172950 7000))
31347 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31348
31349 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31350 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31352 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31354
31355 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31356 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31357
31358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31359
31360 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31361 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31363 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31364 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31365
31366 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31367 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31368 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31369 use `whitespace-mode'.
31370
31371 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31372
31373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31374
31375 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31376 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31377 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31380 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31381
31382 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31383
31384 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31385 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31387 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31388 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31389
31390 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31391 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31392
31393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31394
31395 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31396 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31397 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31400 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31401
31402 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31403
31404 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31405 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31407 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
31408 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31409
31410 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31411 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
31412 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31413 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31414
31415 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31416
31417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31418
31419 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31420 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31421
31422 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31423 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31424
31425 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31426 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31427
31428 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31429
31430   CHAR  MEANING
31431   (VIA FACES)
31432    f    toggle face visualization
31433    t    toggle TAB visualization
31434    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31435    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31436    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31437    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31438    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31439    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31440    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31441    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31442    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31443    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31444    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31445    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31446    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31447    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31448    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31449
31450   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31451    T    toggle TAB visualization
31452    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31453    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31454
31455    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31456    ?    display brief help
31457
31458 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31459 The valid symbols are:
31460
31461    face                 toggle face visualization
31462    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31463    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31464    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31465    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31466    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31467    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31468    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31469    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31470    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31471    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31472    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31473    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31474    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31475    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31476    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31477    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31478
31479    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31480    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31481    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31482
31483    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31484
31485 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31486
31487 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31488
31489 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31490 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31491
31492 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31493 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31494
31495 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31496 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31497
31498 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31499
31500   CHAR  MEANING
31501   (VIA FACES)
31502    f    toggle face visualization
31503    t    toggle TAB visualization
31504    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31505    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31506    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31507    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31508    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31509    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31510    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31511    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31512    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31513    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31514    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31515    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31516    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31517    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31518    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31519
31520   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31521    T    toggle TAB visualization
31522    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31523    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31524
31525    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31526    ?    display brief help
31527
31528 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31529 The valid symbols are:
31530
31531    face                 toggle face visualization
31532    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31533    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31534    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31535    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31536    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31537    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31538    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31539    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31540    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31541    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31542    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31543    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31544    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31545    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31546    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31547    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31548
31549    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31550    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31551    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31552
31553    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31554
31555 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31556
31557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31558
31559 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31560 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31561
31562 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31563 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
31564 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31565 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31566 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31567
31568 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31569
31570 The problems cleaned up are:
31571
31572 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31573 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31574    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31575    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31576
31577 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31578    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31579    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31580    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31581    SPACEs.
31582    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31583    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31584    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31585    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31586
31587 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31588    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31589    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31590    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31591    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31592    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31593    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31594    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31595
31596 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31597    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31598    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31599
31600 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31601    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31602    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31603    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31604    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31605    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31606    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31607    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31608
31609 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31610 documentation.
31611
31612 \(fn)" t nil)
31613
31614 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31615 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31616
31617 The problems cleaned up are:
31618
31619 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31620    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31621    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31622    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31623    SPACEs.
31624    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31625    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31626    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31627    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31628
31629 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31630    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31631    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31632    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31633    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31634    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31635    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31636    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31637
31638 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31639    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31640    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31641
31642 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31643    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31644    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31645    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31646    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31647    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31648    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31649    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31650
31651 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31652 documentation.
31653
31654 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31655
31656 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31657 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31658
31659 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31660 non-nil.
31661
31662 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31663 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31664 `whitespace-style' to have:
31665
31666    empty
31667    trailing
31668    indentation
31669    space-before-tab
31670    space-after-tab
31671
31672 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31673 whitespace problems in buffer.
31674
31675 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31676
31677 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31678    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31679    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31680    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31681    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31682    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31683    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31684
31685 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31686    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31687    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31688    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31689    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31690    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31691    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31692
31693 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31694 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31695 cleaning up these problems.
31696
31697 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31698
31699 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31700 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31701
31702 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31703 non-nil.
31704
31705 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31706 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31707 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31708
31709    empty
31710    indentation
31711    space-before-tab
31712    trailing
31713    space-after-tab
31714
31715 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31716 whitespace problems in buffer.
31717
31718 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31719
31720 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31721    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31722    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31723    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31724    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31725    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31726    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31727
31728 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31729    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31730    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31731    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31732    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31733    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31734    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31735
31736 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31737 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31738 cleaning up these problems.
31739
31740 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31741
31742 ;;;***
31743 \f
31744 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31745 ;;;;;;  widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818
31746 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
31747 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31748
31749 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31750 Browse the widget under point.
31751
31752 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31753
31754 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31755 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31756
31757 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31758
31759 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31760 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31761
31762 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31763
31764 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31765 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31767 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31768 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31769
31770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31771
31772 ;;;***
31773 \f
31774 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31775 ;;;;;;  widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20716
31776 ;;;;;;  56 356960 0))
31777 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31778
31779 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31780 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31781
31782 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31783
31784 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31785 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31786 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31787
31788 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31789
31790 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31791 Create widget of TYPE.
31792 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31793
31794 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31795
31796 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31797 Delete WIDGET.
31798
31799 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31800
31801 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31802 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31803
31804 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31805
31806 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31807 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31808 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31809 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31810
31811 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31812 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31813
31814 \(fn)" nil nil)
31815
31816 ;;;***
31817 \f
31818 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31819 ;;;;;;  windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709
31820 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
31821 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31822
31823 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31824 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31825 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31826 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31827 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31828 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31829 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31830
31831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31832
31833 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31834 Select the window above the current one.
31835 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31836 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31837 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31838 negative ARG) of the current window.
31839 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31840
31841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31842
31843 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31844 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31845 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31846 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31847 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31848 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31849 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31850
31851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31852
31853 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31854 Select the window below the current one.
31855 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31856 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31857 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31858 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31859 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31860
31861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31862
31863 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31864 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31865 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31866 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31867
31868 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31869
31870 ;;;***
31871 \f
31872 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20849 6570
31873 ;;;;;;  598687 0))
31874 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31875
31876 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31877 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31878 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31881 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31882
31883 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31884
31885 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31886 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31888 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31890 \\{winner-mode-map}
31891
31892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31893
31894 ;;;***
31895 \f
31896 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31897 ;;;;;;  woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104
31898 ;;;;;;  0))
31899 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31900
31901 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31902 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31903 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31904 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31905 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31906
31907 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31908
31909 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31910 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31911 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31912 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31913 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31914 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31915 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31916 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31917
31918 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31919 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31920
31921 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31922
31923 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31924 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31925
31926 \(fn)" t nil)
31927
31928 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31929 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31930 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31931 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31932 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31933 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31934 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
31935 `woman' command for further details.
31936
31937 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31938
31939 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31940 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31941
31942 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31943
31944 ;;;***
31945 \f
31946 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31947 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
31948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31949
31950 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31951 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31952
31953 BUGS:
31954  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31955    are not implemented
31956  - Options for search and replace
31957  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31958  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31959
31960 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31961 Emacs-like.
31962
31963 The key bindings are:
31964
31965   C-a           backward-word
31966   C-b           fill-paragraph
31967   C-c           scroll-up-line
31968   C-d           forward-char
31969   C-e           previous-line
31970   C-f           forward-word
31971   C-g           delete-char
31972   C-h           backward-char
31973   C-i           indent-for-tab-command
31974   C-j           help-for-help
31975   C-k           ordstar-C-k-map
31976   C-l           ws-repeat-search
31977   C-n           open-line
31978   C-p           quoted-insert
31979   C-r           scroll-down-line
31980   C-s           backward-char
31981   C-t           kill-word
31982   C-u           keyboard-quit
31983   C-v           overwrite-mode
31984   C-w           scroll-down
31985   C-x           next-line
31986   C-y           kill-complete-line
31987   C-z           scroll-up
31988
31989   C-k 0         ws-set-marker-0
31990   C-k 1         ws-set-marker-1
31991   C-k 2         ws-set-marker-2
31992   C-k 3         ws-set-marker-3
31993   C-k 4         ws-set-marker-4
31994   C-k 5         ws-set-marker-5
31995   C-k 6         ws-set-marker-6
31996   C-k 7         ws-set-marker-7
31997   C-k 8         ws-set-marker-8
31998   C-k 9         ws-set-marker-9
31999   C-k b         ws-begin-block
32000   C-k c         ws-copy-block
32001   C-k d         save-buffers-kill-emacs
32002   C-k f         find-file
32003   C-k h         ws-show-markers
32004   C-k i         ws-indent-block
32005   C-k k         ws-end-block
32006   C-k p         ws-print-block
32007   C-k q         kill-emacs
32008   C-k r         insert-file
32009   C-k s         save-some-buffers
32010   C-k t         ws-mark-word
32011   C-k u         ws-exdent-block
32012   C-k C-u       keyboard-quit
32013   C-k v         ws-move-block
32014   C-k w         ws-write-block
32015   C-k x         kill-emacs
32016   C-k y         ws-delete-block
32017
32018   C-o c         wordstar-center-line
32019   C-o b         switch-to-buffer
32020   C-o j         justify-current-line
32021   C-o k         kill-buffer
32022   C-o l         list-buffers
32023   C-o m         auto-fill-mode
32024   C-o r         set-fill-column
32025   C-o C-u       keyboard-quit
32026   C-o wd        delete-other-windows
32027   C-o wh        split-window-right
32028   C-o wo        other-window
32029   C-o wv        split-window-below
32030
32031   C-q 0         ws-find-marker-0
32032   C-q 1         ws-find-marker-1
32033   C-q 2         ws-find-marker-2
32034   C-q 3         ws-find-marker-3
32035   C-q 4         ws-find-marker-4
32036   C-q 5         ws-find-marker-5
32037   C-q 6         ws-find-marker-6
32038   C-q 7         ws-find-marker-7
32039   C-q 8         ws-find-marker-8
32040   C-q 9         ws-find-marker-9
32041   C-q a         ws-query-replace
32042   C-q b         ws-to-block-begin
32043   C-q c         end-of-buffer
32044   C-q d         end-of-line
32045   C-q f         ws-search
32046   C-q k         ws-to-block-end
32047   C-q l         ws-undo
32048   C-q p         ws-last-cursorp
32049   C-q r         beginning-of-buffer
32050   C-q C-u       keyboard-quit
32051   C-q w         ws-last-error
32052   C-q y         ws-kill-eol
32053   C-q DEL       ws-kill-bol
32054
32055 \(fn)" t nil)
32056
32057 ;;;***
32058 \f
32059 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32060 ;;;;;;  (20766 6456 368550 0))
32061 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32062
32063 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32064 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32065 Return the top node with all its children.
32066 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32067
32068 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
32069 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32070 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32071
32072   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32073
32074 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32075 namespace to URIs instead.
32076
32077 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32078 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32079
32080 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32081
32082   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32083
32084 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32085
32086 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32087 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32088 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32089 not contain well-formed XML.
32090
32091 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32092 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32093 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32094 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32095 element of the list.
32096 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
32097 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32098 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32099
32100   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32101
32102 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32103 namespace to URIs instead.
32104
32105 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32106 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32107
32108 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32109
32110   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32111
32112 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32113
32114 ;;;***
32115 \f
32116 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32117 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xmltok.el" (20884 6711 386198 0))
32118 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32119
32120 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32121 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32122 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32123 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32124 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32125 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32126 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32127 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32128 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
32129 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32130
32131 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32132
32133 ;;;***
32134 \f
32135 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797
32136 ;;;;;;  44848 327754 0))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32138
32139 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32140 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32141 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32144 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32145
32146 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32147
32148 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32149 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32150 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32151 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
32152 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32153
32154 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32155 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
32156 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
32157 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
32158 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32159 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32160
32161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32162
32163 ;;;***
32164 \f
32165 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32166 ;;;;;;  "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32168
32169 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32170 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32171
32172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32173
32174 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32175 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32176
32177 \(fn)" nil nil)
32178
32179 ;;;***
32180 \f
32181 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104
32182 ;;;;;;  0))
32183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32184
32185 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32186 Zone out, completely.
32187
32188 \(fn)" t nil)
32189
32190 ;;;***
32191 \f
32192 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32193 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32194 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32195 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32196 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32197 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32198 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32199 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32200 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32201 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32202 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32203 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32204 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32205 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32206 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32207 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32208 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32209 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32210 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32211 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32212 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32213 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32214 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32215 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32216 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32217 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32218 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32219 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32220 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32221 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32222 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32223 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32224 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32225 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32226 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32227 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32228 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32229 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32230 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32231 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32232 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32233 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32234 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32235 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32236 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32237 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32238 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32239 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32240 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32241 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32242 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32243 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32244 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32245 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32246 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32247 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32248 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32249 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32250 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32251 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32252 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32253 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32254 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32255 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32256 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32257 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32258 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32259 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32260 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32261 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32262 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32263 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32264 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32265 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32266 ;;;;;;  "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32267 ;;;;;;  "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32268 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32269 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32270 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32271 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32272 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32273 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32274 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32275 ;;;;;;  "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32276 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32277 ;;;;;;  "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32278 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32279 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32280 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32281 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32282 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32283 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32284 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32285 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
32286 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32287 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32288 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32289 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32290 ;;;;;;  "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32291 ;;;;;;  "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32292 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32293 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32294 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32295 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32296 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32297 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32298 ;;;;;;  "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32299 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32300 ;;;;;;  "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32301 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32302 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32303 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32304 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32305 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32306 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32307 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32308 ;;;;;;  "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32309 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32310 ;;;;;;  "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32311 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32312 ;;;;;;  "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32313 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32314 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32315 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32316 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32317 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32318 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32319 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32320 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32321 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32322 ;;;;;;  "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32323 ;;;;;;  "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32324 ;;;;;;  "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32325 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32326 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32327 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32328 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32329 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32330 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32331 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32332 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32333 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32334 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32335 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32336 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32337 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32338 ;;;;;;  "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32339 ;;;;;;  "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32340 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32341 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32342 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32343 ;;;;;;  "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32344 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32345 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32346 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32347 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32348 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32349 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32350 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32351 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32352 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32353 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32354 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32355 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32356 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32357 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32358 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32359 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32360 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32361 ;;;;;;  "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32362 ;;;;;;  "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32363 ;;;;;;  "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32364 ;;;;;;  "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32365 ;;;;;;  "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32366 ;;;;;;  "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32367 ;;;;;;  "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32368 ;;;;;;  "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32369 ;;;;;;  "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32370 ;;;;;;  "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32371 ;;;;;;  "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32372 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32373 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32374 ;;;;;;  "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32375 ;;;;;;  "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32376 ;;;;;;  "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32377 ;;;;;;  "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32378 ;;;;;;  "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32379 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32380 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32381 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32382 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32383 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32384 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32385 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32386 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32387 ;;;;;;  "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32388 ;;;;;;  "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32389 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32390 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32391 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32392 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32393 ;;;;;;  "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32394 ;;;;;;  "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32395 ;;;;;;  "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32396 ;;;;;;  "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32397 ;;;;;;  "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32398 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32399 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32400 ;;;;;;  "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32401 ;;;;;;  "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20905 51795 339257
32402 ;;;;;;  114000))
32403
32404 ;;;***
32405 \f
32406 (provide 'loaddefs)
32407 ;; Local Variables:
32408 ;; version-control: never
32409 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32410 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32411 ;; coding: utf-8
32412 ;; End:
32413 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here